Home

HDPII - Grupo Positiva

1. J 3 8 9 IO 2 FARGO ITEM QTY ITEM NUMBER TYPE DESCRIPTION D91031 XX PART COVER FRONT DOOR G 2 D91032 XX PART COVER REAR DOOR 3 D9IOI87 XX PART COVER FLIPPER INPUT SIDE NOT PRODUCTION VALID W O STAMP ABOVE 4 D910238 XX PART COVER FLIPPER FRONT FI 5 D910242 XX PART COVER OUTPUT SIDE FI fe 6 D9I0327 XX ASSEMBLY ASY COVER FLIPPER TOP FI Ez 7 D910382 PART LATCH TOUCH 8 Il FO00417 PART SCREW M3X 5X6 TPH ZP TAP SEM F PART NUMBER COLOR D9103 5 Ol BLACK AND SILVER a E T D D ADDED 4X FOOO4I7 CI5762 I7 JUNE 0O8 JAR JAR C CHANGED REV ON LOWER LEVEL PART CI5689 20 MAY 08 JAR JAR B CHANGED REV ON LOWER LEVEL PART CI5360 O4 FEB 08 JAR JAR e A ADDED D910382 CI5232 10 DEC 0O7 JAR JAR p VER REV RECORD ECO DATE APPR DRAWN BY DATE CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY CAR 3 Sep O7 INFORMATION This document contains IM ONTTS Ef Rt Gtr ey ore ere inch disseminated or disclosed to unintended ee Part of HID Global Yes ee ees ae permission from Farg
2. VA 7 7 4 te I r NY ban E gt dh G Lal c a gf SCALE 0 500 a Pa NOTE a 7 I O SECURE CABLE IN PLACE USE ONE PIECE 1 0 OR 25 4 mm OF FOOOI45 eS GaSe Pras ABE PEE COCATIONCEOR AMGRE PRECICE a T ANG WIRE ROUTING A PRODUCTION RELEASE REMOVED D9I0I38 XX FROM BOM CI5I94 28 NOV 07 CAR CAR REFERENCE THE MANUFACTURING PROCEDURES ol PROTOTYPE RELEASE C5023 03 JUL 07 CAR CAR 2 MATERIAL AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS MUST COMPLY WITH FARGO ENVIRONMENTAL B SPECIFICATION S000503 SUPPLIER CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE IS REQUIRED VER REV RECORD ECO DATE APPR WITH EACH SHIPMENT Sa oe This document is the propert 3 PACKAGE PER FARGO SPECIFICATION S000506 CAR
3. amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Supplies Automatically detect the installed Ribbon and Film for every print job Ribbon Type YMCK Full Color Resin Black v Film Type Clear X HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 24 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Detecting Supplies at Print Time Function continued Step Procedure 3 When the Supplies checkbox is checked the following takes place e Ribbon and Film Type dropdown boxes are inactive and populated with values of installed supplies Dual Sided and Options are set to defaults for detected supplies e For example no Dual Side options are available when no Output is installed This function provides automatic detection of an installed feature whether it is automatically detecting supplies or not e Before the Driver initiates each job it retrieves the consumables values from the Firmware e f no Printer is found or no Ribbon is installed the checkbox is allowed to be checked Note The previously chosen Ribbon and Film values will remain You will see an error message e Activating the Device Options tab automatically repopulates the Ribbon and Film types Note You will see an error message if no Printer found when activating the Device Options tab amp HDPii Card Printer
4. Rewritable Card Eraser y Technology Cards Print Security HDPii Card Printer a M M ECEN M ENE ES EMEN E EAE For Help click Help Topics on the Help Menu 639 274 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using Inhibit Panel from an Application The second way of using the Inhibit Panel is to have a TextOut command containing a i within the print job itself The i is followed by the file name of a bitmap file which is merged when the print job is rendered or changed to instructions that the printer understands Generating TextOut Commands e Applications generating TextOut commands Applications that do create TextOut commands include Corel Draw Microsoft Word and Microsoft WordPad e Applications non generating Not all applications that create print jobs generate the TextOut commands within the print job output needed to make this work Examples of applications which do not generate the TextOut commands are Notepad and Paint Rendering Print Jobs Rendering of the print job occurs on the given local workstation if the printer instance is local However if the printer is a shared instance the print job is rendered on the server workstation under Microsoft Windows 2000 XP and 2003 Under Microsoft Windows Vista the rendering of the print job may be performed on either the client o
5. LED Flash Rate Indicates Green LED On The Network link is present Left Off The Network link is not present Amber LED Off There is NO network traffic to this IP address Right Blinking There is Network traffic to this IP address HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 56 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Upgrading the Main Firmware with the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility The Main Printer Firmware upgrades are done with the same procedure as the USB connected Printer e The PC doing the upgrade must have a Driver installed for the Fargo Printer to be upgraded e Alternatively a User can upgrade the Main Printer Firmware by using the Upgrade web page Step Procedure 1 Run the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility by selecting from the start menu the following Start gt Programs gt Fargo gt Fargo Workbench Printer Utility gt Fargo Workbench 2 Click on Actions gt Select Printer in the Menu Bar to bring up the Printer Select dialog as shown below Fargo Workbench Printer Utility File Actions Help Utilities Card Samples Select a Printer HDFii Card Printer eZ HDP600 Card Printer Oo DTC550 Card Printer DTC400 Card Printer Run Tests ci t Printer Information Print Spooler gA EC Print Viewer Cancel HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1
6. Symbol Critical Instructions for Safety purposes Danger Failure to follow these installation guidelines can result in death or serious injury AN Information that raises potential safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the left e To prevent personal injury refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol e To prevent personal injury always remove the power cord prior to performing repair procedures unless otherwise specified Caution This device is electrostatically sensitive It may be damaged if exposed to static electricity discharges A N Information that raises potential electrostatic safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the left e To prevent equipment or media damage refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol e To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies e To prevent equipment or media damage always wear an appropriate personal grounding device e g a high quality wrist strap grounded to avoid potential damage e To prevent equipment or media damage always remove the Ribbon and Cards from the Printer before making any repairs unless otherwise specified e To prevent equipment or media damage take jewelry off of fing
7. Print YMC under K C Print K Only HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Defined Area s Step Procedure 1 Select the Defined Area s option to print the resin black K Panel for all black found only in an area or areas defined as shown below e The card image becomes white with the grid and one area available for the user to start with e The defined areas print black with resin amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Image Transfer Supplies Card Device Opi Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin 5 ME Defined Area Add Direction Card Travels through Printer Delete Print All Black with K Panel Full Card V Defined Areals M Undefined Area s Print YMC under K C Print K Only HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 85 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Undefined Area s Step Procedure 1 Select the Undefined Area s option to print the resin black K Panel for all black found only in the space outside the areas defined as shown below e The card image becomes black with the grid and one area available for the user to start with e The defined area does not print black with resin amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Card Device Og ee Image Transfer Magnetic Encod
8. Printer Components Card Input and Output Hoppers Type Description Card Cartridge The Card Cartridge will hold a maximum of 100 cards based on a standard 30 mil card thickness HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 22 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components Card Output Hopper and Reject Hopper Type Description Card Output All standard Card Printers provide a 100 card capacity Card Output Hopper Hopper based on a standard 30 mil card thickness Note This Hopper stores the cards after they are printed Shown in the lower left e Once set in place the Input Hopper is secured with a latch that is deactivated by a lever located in an area with restricted access e Reject hopper functionality when connected to the Output Module The storage is available on the output tray Good Card The Printer has a 100 card Output Hopper for good cards The Hopper good cards are stacked in a location that is covered during normal operation Reject Hopper The Printer has a 10 to 20 card Output Hopper for reject cards The reject cards are stacked in a location that is locked during normal operation Exception Feed The Printer has a simple single card exception feed that can be initiated by an external command Once this command is sent the Printer waits for the insertion of the exception card into the exception feed slot located
9. Fargo Workbench Printer Utility File Actions Help us _ Card Samples ca Printer Information Print Spooler A Era Print Viewer PRINTER UTILITY Technology Cards HDPii Card Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 33 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Alignment Self Test Card Step Procedure 1 Use this card to determine Image Placement and confirm that the Printer is working properly Note The image consists of sixteen 16 gray scale boxes and alignment arrows The gray boxes are composed from a composite of YMC color panels Adjust the TOF and EOF settings to change image placement lignment Self Test Card HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 34 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Color Bars Self Test Step Procedure 1 Use this card to confirm that image colors are properly reproduced Image consists of sixteen graduated steps of RGB and YMCK Note This print will provide maximum image size giving complete card Coverage on a CR 80 sized card HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 35 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Device Settings Self Test Step Procedure 1 Use this card to view the Printer settings and counts for Card Count CC Card Cleaning
10. M Go Links 3 amp bal Google ne v v Go E v ed Bookmarks w gt Settings v HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 14 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Home Page This section provides a display of the Home Page E Fargo HDPii S N A7160166 Home Page Microsoft Internet Explorer SEE gt File Edit View Favorites Tools Help e Back x E A p Search 5 Favorites H a z te hd Address http 10 244 69 101 ME i links A Google G Y Go e EX YY Bookmarksw gt Settings Network Print Path Status System Log Administration Help FARGO Fargo HDPii Home Contact Fargo Electronics Inc for product information technical support and downloads Printer Information Label FRGOO02dca Location Contact Serial Number 47160166 Printer Firmware Version Boot Loader Firmware Version Hardware Address 00 13 44 00 2d ca 1 2 2 00 00 12 Internet HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 15 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Home Page Categories and Fields table You can view these categories and fields in the following table Category Field Purpose Fixed for Serial Number Displays the unique fixed serial number of the Printer Printer Hardware Address Displays the uniq
11. the same data cable or port as a Printer and can be the source of communication problems HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 17 101 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Overlaminate Term Definition Pinch Roller A free spinning non driven Roller that presses the card against the drive Roller on the opposite side to ensure an adequate normal force for proper traction Pixel Short for picture element The smallest element of a graphic Platen The hard rubber Roller that drives the media through the Printer providing support to the backside of the media during printing or laminating PET Abbreviation for polyester terephthalate often called polyester Sheets of PET are laminated with sheets of PVC to produce thermal acceptance composite cards Port A communication interface serial or parallel used for the transference of data Includes USB and Ethernet PolyGuard A 1 mil or 6 mil thick polyester material that enhances card security and durability applied over the printed surface with a hot Roller Available as clear or with embedded holographic type security images Portrait A document layout that is viewed with the document s long axis in a vertical orientation Potentiometer An electronic resistor with a variable resistance value that can be mechanically set Print
12. Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Encoding Mode Custom Encoding v Coercivity High 2 750 Oe l Shift Data Left Encoding Options Magnetic Track Options Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 Character Size LAC Generation 7 Bits Even Parity ASCII Offset Encoding Mode SPACE v Odd Parity v Bit Density 210 BPI lt puo 4 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 66 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Magnetic Track Options Use these options to customize the ISO encoded data format for each of the Magnetic Stripe s three tracks Note Click Default to reset the defaults for the current Magnetic Track Options tab only Step Procedure 1 Specify which of the three 3 tracks to customize by selecting one of the three track options e After making the required selection the Magnetic Track Options box displays the current set of customization options for the selected track e Remember that each track must be customized independently of the other two Magnetic Track Options Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 Character Size LAC Generation 7 Even Parity z ASCII Offset Encoding Mode SPACE Odd Parity v Bit Density 210 BPI Default HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 67 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the
13. 4 Re install the printing supplies 5 Close the Front Cover Cleaning outside the Printer Step Procedure 1 The Printer has a durable casing that should retain its luster and appearance for many years Clean it only with a Cleaning Pad from the Printer Cleaning Kit A Caution Do not use cleaning solvents of any kind or spray the printer with a cleaner HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 10 35 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Cleaning the Printhead Clean the Printhead every time the Print Ribbon is changed to maintain consistent print quality as instructed below This procedure should also be performed approximately every 1000 prints in order to maintain consistent print quality A Caution Never use a sharp tool or abrasive object of any kind to clean the Printhead It will damage the Printhead Watches rings bracelets and other jewelry can damage the Printhead if accidentally bumped against it For best results remove such items before touching any internal components of the Printer Step Procedure 1 Remove watches rings bracelets and other jewelry 2 Disconnect the Printer Power Supply 3 Open the Front Cover Remove the Ribbon and Film Cartridges 4 Use a Printhead Cleaning Swab squeeze to saturate the tip from the Printer Cleaning Kit to firmly wipe back and forth across the surface of the Printhead See dis
14. HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 22 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Device Options tab This section describes the use of the Device Options tab amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Mao a Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Supplies Automatically detect the installed Ribbon and Film for every print job Ribbon Type YMCK Full Color Resin Black v Film Type Clear v Dual Sided V Print Both Sides Split 1 Set of Ribbon Panels Print Back Image on Front of Card Print Back Side Only Options Rotate Front 180 Degrees Rotate Back 180 Degrees F Disable Printing HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 23 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Detecting Supplies at Print Time Function Step Procedure 1 Use the Supplies checkbox for auto detection of the consumables which are the Ribbon See below e In the Firmware the values representing the installed Ribbon and installed Transfer Film are updated on initialization including each time the cover is closed e The Firmware compares the Ribbon values in the PRN file to the values it holds regarding the currently installed consumables If the values do not match the LCD displays Wrong Ribbon Error or Wrong Film Error and the Driver returns the corresponding error message See below
15. I i I Default Advanced Settings HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 37 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Image Color tab Use this tab to adjust color properties Note The Printing Preferences window has the same Image Color tab functionality as the Printing Preferences window EJ Procedure Select the System Color Management color matching option to control the Sharpness Contrast and Gamma of the printed image as well as the individual color balance of Yellow Magenta and Cyan See both displays in this section Proceed to related procedures provided below Display A Image Color tab amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding SEs Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Image Quality Color Matching System Color Management Resin Dither Optimized for Graphics v Heat jaa Sub Intensity YMC Recssersencsencscensnnsenssecsnsesecessensensencenccnssesscnsescsncsnsensensenes I i I Default Advanced Settings HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 38 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Using the Image Color tab Display B Image Color tab gt Advanced Image Color window Advanced Image Color Image Quality Sharpness Balance Yellow Balance A I E a E A a TE E E A iy Magenta Balance Cyan Balance E E
16. Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer Remove all the Covers See HDPII Output Module Cover Removal Procedures Remove the Lower Idler Pulley D900241 the Belt 220082 and the Main Pulley D850190 Remove the Pulley and Gear See Replacing the Output Module Module Gears Remove the E Clip from the Sensor side of the Output Module Shaft and the bushing 220082 Remove the E Clip from the Motor side and the bushing Remove the Output Roller Assembly D900236 from the Motor side Reverse the instructions to re assemble 3 Remove the Output Roller Assembly D900236 Note The Output Roller Assembly D900236 clips into the two 2 slots on either side of the Frame Gently pull from the Sensor Side Frame just enough for the assembly to be pulled out from its slots HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 81 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Output Module Sensor bundle D900249 Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 15 minutes Preparation Remove the Covers This Sensor bundle connects to J3 on the Output Module Main Board The Sensor bundle contains three 3 optical Sensors used for the Card Input Sensor Output Module Home Sensor and Table Sensor All three Sensors must be repl
17. New Firmware File Browse A ga Print Viewer PRINTER UTILITY Technology Cards Print Security HDPSO00 Card Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 13 6 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Performing the Firmware Updates Step Procedure 13 e Select the Desktop from the Browse menu e Click on the frm file e Click on the Open button e Click on Upgrade to send the Firmware to the Printer 14 This completes the Firmware Update process HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 13 7 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Section 14 Fargo Technical Support Fargo Electronics Inc The purpose of this section to provide the User with an efficient step by step procedure to be used when contacting Fargo Technical Support as needed for the Printer Contacting Fargo Technical Support Step Procedure 1 Read the suggested Sections of the Technical Service and Maintenance Manual in order to troubleshoot the Card Printer As needed contact the Fargo Technical Support Group by phone at 952 941 0050 or by fax at 952 941 1852 for additional technical assistance OR Contact Fargo Technical Support via the Web http www fargosupport com Position a phone near the Printer and Computer so Fargo technicians can troubleshoot the Printer s with efficiency Please have a self test and a sample card ready
18. e Search for all folders called TEMP Once found clear out the contents of the folders e f using Windows 2000 XP 2003 run the System Utility Disk Defragmenter found in the Accessories folder of the Start Menu e Use adisk cleanup utility such as Disk Cleanup found in the System Tools folder of the Start menu or use a third party application HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 31 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Printing a Test Image Step Procedure 1 Open the Diagnostic Tool from the Driver Choose Run Tests to select a preset test image Select Self Tests See Displays A and B below Note These images help to determine if the Printer is functioning properly 2 Scroll to the desired Self Test image from the Choose Test window options and press the Run Test button Display A Click on the Diagnostic button amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences M agnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Cad Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Card Size CR 80 El inches C mm Print Width 2 204 Print Lenath 3 452 Card Type Fargo UltraCard III Orientation Portrait Landscape Test Print ToolBox HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 32 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Printing a Test Image Display B Click on the Run Tests button See the previous page
19. inches mm Print Width 2 204 Print Length 3 452 Custom Card Size in mm Printer Driver gt Card tab Card Size CR 80 x C inches Card Size inches and mm Choice of inches or mm changes the counter choice on the K Panel Resin tab See below e Inches displays card size in inches e mm displays card size in mm Changing Print Width or Print Length dimensions automatically changes drop down to Custom 0 200 je 020 H F 3 250 HX e inches HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 9 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Technical Specifications continued Term Description Colors dpi 300 dpi 11 8 dots mm Dimensions e Standard 11 50 H x 12 25 W x 9 25 D 292mmH x 313mmW x 235mmD Dual Sided Module 11 50 H x 25 00 W x 9 25 D 292mmH x 626mmW x 235mmD Display User friendly SmartScreen LCD Control Panel Encoding Options e only ISO Magnetic Stripe Encoding Module dual high and low coercivity Tracks 1 2 and 3 JIS Il Magnetic Stripe Encoding Module E card Docking Station required for all e card options or 3rd party smart card encoding Contact Smart Card Encoder ISO 7816 Parts 1 4 T 0 and T 1 Contactless Smart Card Encoder Mifare Prox Card Encoder HID read only Note Corporate Express 1000 Cards can be used with special order Weigand ASCIl Converter iCLASS
20. 2 140048 PAR RETAINING RING EXT C 25 IN SHFT NOT PRODUCTION VALID W O STAMP ABOVE oS ae ae 4 2 000365 ASSEMBLY ASY PCB RFID ANTENNA 5 0840889 PART PULLEY FHT I 80 TOOTH 6 0910030 ASSEMBLY ASY CABLE WIRES if D9I0050 ASSEMBLY ASY BRACKET PRINT STEPPER 8 D910052 ASSEMBLY ASY PRINTHEAD MOTOR MOUNT 9 p910054 ASSEMBLY ASY LAM MECHANIS o D910055 ASSEMBLY ASY MTR FILM SUPPLY l D90056 ASSEMBLY ASY MTR RBN TAKEUP 2 0910057 ASSEMBLY ASY MTR RBN SUPPLY 3 D910058 ASSEMBLY ASY MTR FILM TAKEUP 4 D9IOO 7 ASSEMBLY ASY BRACKET PRINTHEAD 5 D9I0I09 PART ROLLER PRINT PLATEN 6 D910140 PART BRACKET STIFFENER 7 D9I0154 PART FRAME ARMSTRONG 8 D910212 ASSEMBLY ASY CBL FAN 9 0910372 ASSEMBLY ASY BASEPLATE W BOARD 20 2 000508 PAR FERRITE SNAP O 21 E000939 PART IND FERRITE SNAP ON 8 2MM 22 FOOOIIT PAR TAPE 2 SIDED FOAM ADHESIV 23 10 Foooi77 PART SCREW 4 20X 313_TPH_ZP_PLAS 24 5 Fooo92 PART SCREW M3X6 TPH ZP TAPTITE 25 1 Fo0033I PART LATCH TOUCH 26 3 FOO035I PART CABLE TIE TWIST LOCK 2T 14 F000463 PART SCREW 4 20X438 TPH ZP PLAS B REV BUMP CIGIOO 17 OCT 08 CAR CAR A PRODUCTION RELEASE CI5437 22 FEB 08 CAR CAR VER REV RECORD ECO DATE APPR DRAWN BY DATE NOTES a Ef i 1S O ra io e ea I NO CABLES ARE DISPLAYED FOR DRAWING CLARITY Pere of HID Global Or used tot any parpoas widiaue wien permission from Fargo Electronics Inc 2 DESCRIPTION 0 300 B ASY MECHANISM DRAW
21. A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer Remove the two 2 Side Covers and Top Cover Remove the Back Cover HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 73 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Output Module Gears D860280 and 810266 Idler Pulley Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and D900241 CLIP process Main Pulley Estimated Repair Time 30 minutes D850190 Pulley 0200287 Remove the Card Feed Motor See Replacing the Card Card Transport Feed Motor D9000524 contains E000062 and D900208 drive Gear Preparation Remove the Covers 810266 Remove the Main Board See Replacing the Output l Module Main Board A000394 Goat DBPOABU Important This procedure can only be performed by Belt 220082 authorized service personnel A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 2 Remove all the Covers See HDPII Output Module Cover Removal Procedures Remove the Card Feed Motor E000062 See Replacing the Card Feed Motor D9000524 contains E000062 and D900208 4 Remove the Main Board See Replacing the Output Module Main Board A000394 5 Use the above procedures in Steps 1 to 4 to make the printer ready for all Gear and Belt replacements Reverse assembly after each procedure Remove the one 1 screw that holds each of the Idler Pulley D900241 to the Frame Note
22. Driver _Source pTc400 bTc400e pTcssa Farao SDK Fcr 2020 Flex GNU_Tool Good PrintSpooler HDP600 HDPS000 HDPSO00FI HDP_Cony Hpi SIP Tracer OLM Save Microplex OmMRD My Installations ndoc bin 1 3 1 v13 Netlogon No Installer Utilities Password Tool pec_sc Phatbank pm Port Monitor PrinterFarm 1_0_0_6 B Printers Program Files gt File name Save Save as type Monochrome Bitmap bmp dib Cancel RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Inhibit Panel with an Application continued Step Procedure 5 Add the i command to the application file Note In this case Microsoft WordPad was used With WordPad the must be left justified Ei Document WordPad File Edit View Insert Format Help Dee 6 amp 4 amp mo amp v 10 Western ic sc brnip For Help press F1 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 8 10 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Inhibit Panel with an Application continued Step Procedure 6 Create the rest of the card using the application Ei Document rtf WordPad File Edit View Image Colors Help 0m7 JSN E OR rr LOR oo T For Help click Help Topics on the Help Menu HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 8 11 RESTRICTED USE
23. HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 41 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Replacing the Film Supply Motor D910055 and the Ribbon Supply Motor D910057 continued Fargo Electronics Inc Step Procedure 2 To remove Film Supply Motor D910055 or the Ribbon Supply Motor D910057 Disconnect the wire connection from the cable harness Refer to Display D below Leave the black plastic Encoder wheel collar on the Motor 3 Remove the three 3 screws that hold the Supply Motor to the Frame 4 Pull out the Supply Motor 5 Replace it with the new Film Supply Motor D910055 or Ribbon Supply Motor D910057 Line up the screw holes Note The Motor will only fit in one way 6 Remove the appropriate Supply Motor See the instructions above 7 Remove the complete Printer body from the Baseplate to allow clearance to remove the RFID Board See the Removing the Baseplate procedure 8 Disconnect the wire from the RFID Board See Display A on the next page Slide out the Board See Display A on the next page 9 Replace the RFID PCB Board A000365 10 Place the Sensor See Display C for Sensor Placement 11 Reverse the instructions to re assemble HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 42 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Film Supply Motor D910055 and the Ribbon Supply Motor D910057 continued
24. Remove the Roller D910064 by snapping it out from the Frame See Display C Leave the Gear attached to the Roller Shaft and gently work this out from the Frame It is snapped into place 6 Replace the Card Sensor by snapping into place Note The tabs will click when the Sensor is properly installed 7 Reverse the instructions to re assemble HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 24 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Rollers Upper Roller D910064 and Lower Roller D910107 continued Display A Relates to Roller 0910107 Push down and out to unlock the Shaft from the Frame See Step 3 in this procedure Display B You should remove this Gear to clear access for Roller removal which snaps on and off easily See Step 5 in this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 25 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Rollers Upper Roller D910064 and Lower Roller D910107 continued Display C Relates to Roller 0910064 Push down and out to unlock the Shaft from the Frame Leave the Gear attached to the Roller Shaft See Step 5 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 26 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Rollers D910062 Card Roller D910063 and Card Roller D910065 Tools needed Torx
25. To prevent equipment or media damage refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies To prevent equipment or media damage always wear an appropriate personal grounding device e g a high quality wrist strap grounded to avoid potential damage To prevent equipment or media damage always remove the Ribbon and Cards from the Printer before making any repairs unless otherwise specified To prevent equipment or media damage take jewelry off of fingers and hands as well as thoroughly clean hands to remove oil and debris before working on the Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 10 30 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Accessing the Clean Printer tab See below amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences PE coding K Panel Resin Supplies Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Card Size cR 80 xl inches mm Print Width 2 204 4 Print Length 3 452 Card Type Fargo UltraCard Orientation Portrait Landscape Copies 1 g i Diagnostics Test Print HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 10 31 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Cleaning the Printer Platen
26. 03 Jul 07 of FARGO Electronios Ie 7 4 A CHANGES MUST BE APPROVED BY FARGO ENGINEERING DIM UNITS It contains confidential and proprietary information E ENSE ECE inch i icati AN PROTECTIV SE FILM NOT TO GO PAST THIS EDGE ELECTRONICS INCORPORATED ole aie apa sd 6 CABLE ROUTING AND PLACEMENT ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY SERTIN SCALE SIZE IX SENSOR MUST BE PRESSED INTO COVER UNTIL FULLY SEATED 0 350 B ASY COVER FRI W CABLES lla ENGINEERING USE ONLY USE 2 INCHES OF TAPE TO SECURE ITEM D9IOI38 XxX TO D910282 XX ASY PROJECT ASSY PART NUMBER ITEM NUMBER DRAWING FILE ENGINEERING MODEL NAME MODEL TYPE ASSY DWG 0910283 D910283 ASSEM HOK D910285 910283 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IO I 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IO I 2 ITEM QTY ITEM NUMBER TYPE DESCRIPTION 130951 PART WASHER SPRING 2691D 4230D 006THK 2
27. 3 24 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Installing the Printer Driver continued Step Procedure 4 a Select Local to install a USB Printer OR b Select Network and enter an IP Address for the Printer HDPii Card Printer InstallAware Wizard X Printer Connection eeee How do I find my IP address a Aap d HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3 25 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Installing the Printer Driver continued Step Procedure 5 Click on the Next button to begin the installation amp HDPii Card Printer Ready to Install Collecting information Setup is ready to start installing HDPii Card Printer Preparing installation Installing Please click Next to install now Click Back to review your installation settings Finalizing installation yg 6 InstallAware HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3 26 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Installing the Printer Driver continued Step Procedure 6 Wait during the installation Installing HDPii Card Printer Collecting information Preparing installation Installing Finalizing installation eee InstallAware HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3 27 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Installing
28. 6 57 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Upgrading the Main Firmware with the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility continued Step Procedure 3 Access the Upgrade Firmware window from the Actions Menu as shown below 4 Select the New Firmware File by clicking Browse and selecting the Firmware file from the appropriate folder 5 Begin the upgrade by clicking Upgrade as shown below Refer to the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility User Guide at this time EE Fargo Workbench Printer Utility File Pitre Help Select Printer we Upgrade Firmware Card Samples Upgrade your printer s firmware to add new functionality or correct Kea firmware related problems C G Check for firmware updates at Technical Support Website Firmware Info Run Tests Current Firmware Version known eh Uni t New Firmware File Printer Information Print Spooler i Ci Print Viewer PRINTER UTILITY Technology Cards Print Security HDP5000 Card Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 58 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Restoring the Factory Settings for Ethernet There may be times when you are unable to use the current configuration of the Ethernet interface Note This could be because you have lost the password for your Printer or you just cannot get it to work properly Resetting the settings The has a menu selection that allows the User na
29. 9 26 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Advanced Settings tab continued These change values for Firmware settings See below e Setting Column Displays label for setting e Default Column Displays default value for setting e Current Column Displays current value for setting e Change the value by clicking on the value to activate spin control or type e Apply Button Applies changed values e Restore Defaults Button Restores default values HDP5000 Card Printer Configuration Calibrate Laminator Calibrate Ribbon Clean Printer Setting faut Curent ooo pO gt pe pi es a pe pe pi Ea Restore Defaults HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 9 27 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the No Printer Connected error message If there is no Printer connected or if the Driver is unable to communicate with the Printer the following error will be displayed and the grid will be blank ToolBox dd ATTENTION Unable to read settings from the printer Reviewing the Value outside the Range error message If typing a value outside the range an error message will display specific to the setting when leaving the spin control to click any other spin control button or tab HDP5000 Tbo e 1 The value you have entered is outside the valid range Yalue must be less than 17 and greater than 17 HDPii High Definition Card Printer E
30. ASY COVER TOP NOT PRODUCTION VALID W O STAMP ABOVE S o eS a LE a a 4 D9IOI34 XX PART COVER OUTPUT SIDE 5 D9IOI3S9 XX PART COVER OUTPUT SIDE UPGRADE 6 D910283 XX ASSEMBLY ASY COVER FRT W CABLES T FOOOIT7 PART SCREW 4 20X 3I3_TPH_ZP_PLAS F 8 3 FOOO4I7 PART SCREW M3X 5X6 TPH ZP TAP SEM D C REV BUMP CIS737 15 OCT 08 CAR CAR B INITIAL RELEASE CI5437 04 MAR O8 CAR CAR VER REV RECORD ECO DATE APPR DRAWN BY DATE This document is the property CAR 04 Mar 08 lt gt of FARGO Electronics Inc DIM UNITS It contains confidential and 4 ich proprietary information In Unauthorized duplication e ELECTRONICS INCORPORATED or disclosure is prohibited DESCRIPTION SCALE SIZE A 0 250 B ASY ARMSTRONG COVERS ENGINEERING USE ONLY PROJECT ASSY PART NUMBER ITEM NUMBER DRAWING FILE ENGINEERING MODEL NAME MODEL TYPE 0910323 D910323 01 ASSEM ASSY DWG HSK D90323 Doza 2 3 4 z 6 7 8 9 IO II 2 I2 IO D Lu QO m lt xl D S g g O
31. HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Encoding Options Encoding Mode Raw Binary Encoding v Coercivity High 2 750 Oe X T Magnetic Track Options Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 Character Size LAC Generation ASCII Offset Encoding Mode Bit Density HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 63 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Encoding Mode dropdown list Category Description JIS Il Encoding If you select JIS Il Encoding specific standards are used Note selection active and This selection disables all the Magnetic Track Options tabs It also inactive functions disables the Coercivity dropdown function and Shift Data Left checkbox option The default Coercivity is 600 Oe amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Encoding Options Encoding Mode JIS I Encoding Coercivity Medium 600 Oe v iB Magnetic Track Options Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 Character Size LAC Generation ASCII Offset Encoding Mode Bit Density joer dema oru HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 64 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Coercivity Magnetic Track Use the Coercivity option to
32. Line Printer Port The system abbreviation for a PC s parallel Printer port Mag encoding The process of orienting successive magnetic bits to produce a serial data string Mag stripe An area of the card with an applied or impregnated ferrous material that can hold encoded data through a series of prescribed polarity changes Mag Track An area of a magnetic strip running the length of the card with a given width and position constitutes a track This is the area dedicated to one data string restricted to specific rules of format ISO standards specify three Magnetic Tracks on the back of a card The JIS standard specifies one track on the front Mag Verify A process to confirm proper magnetic encoding After encoding the information is read off back and compared to the intended string HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 17 99 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition MB Megabyte A unit of storage that equals 1 048 576 bytes Memory A generic term for any device that stores digital information using magnetic media or digital chip storage device Menu A descriptive list of headings above nested functions that aid navigation to a specific operation These are found in computer applications with the heading at the top of a subset of like functions
33. Replace it with the new Gear or Gears To replace the Belt 220082 only the upper Idler Pulley D900241 needs to be removed Note Replace it with the new Belt To replace the Pulley D900287 remove the lower Idler pulley D900241 and Belt 220082 Note Loosen the set screw in the pulley to remove it The neck of the Gear goes up when replaced HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 74 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing any of the Output Module Gears Continued Step Procedure 9 To replace the Main Pulley D850190 follow Steps 1 to 6 Note Remove the lower Idler Pulley to allow clearance for removal of Main Pulley Replace it with the new pulley D850190 This pulley has an inner rib that must be carefully replaced by tilting the flat side in first the press in the pulley to the Shaft 10 To replace the Gear D860280 follow Steps 1 to 7 Note The Lower Idler Pulley D900241 the Belt 220082 the Pulley D900287 and the Stepper Motor must be removed to access the Gear D860280 Remove the E Clip from the Gear D860280 Shaft Replace it with the new Gear Note The neck of the Gear D860280 goes in 11 To replace the Card Transport Drive Gear 810266 follow Steps 1 to 9 Remove the Gear Replace it with the new Gear Note The neck of the Gear goes out 12 To replace the Main Pulley D850190 follow Steps 1 to 6 Pull u
34. Using the OK Cancel and Help buttons Here are the descriptions e OK button Closes dialog box and saves Driver configuration changes that have occurred since Driver dialog box has been opened e Cancel button Closes dialog box and cancels Driver configuration changes that have occurred since Driver dialog box has been opened e Help button Launches Help indexed to help for the corresponding active tab e Apply button Not active for the user HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 10 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Card tab Use this option to control specific Printer functions amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences p ncoding K Panel Resin Supplies caa Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Card Size CA 80 XI inches C mm Print Width 2 204 gt Print Length 3 452 Card Type Fargo UltraCard III v Orientation Portrait Landscape Copies F z Diagnostics Test Print About ToolBox HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Card Size Step Procedure 1 Select the appropriate card option e CR 80 This selection is the default form size for the Printer This will print a 2 125 X 3 374 image including a 04 over bleed on each of the 4 sides making the overall form size 2 204 X 3 452 56 X 87 7 mm e Custom This se
35. image Download The transfer of a data file from one device to the other over a network or cable typically from the Internet to a PC DPI Dot Per Inch A measurement of the Printer resolution indicating how many dots a Printer can produce in a linear inch DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory A microchip based volatile memory storage device The Printer uses this to Buffer a print job transferred from the PC until the Printer is able to process the packet Driver Software utility installed in Windows that interfaces an application to rasterize image data and include command codes so the Printer can process the file Duplex Printing Printing on the front and the back of the card Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 17 93 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Dwell Time The speed at which the card moves across the Transfer Roller measured in seconds inch sec in This can be adjusted in the Driver to ensure adhesion and card flatness Dye Migration The diffusion of dye out of the card surface and into another receptive surface such as a vinyl pouch card holder resulting in a faded image Dye Sublimation Also called dye diffusion thermal transfer it is the process of heating a dye suspended in a cellulous substrate until the dye can flow
36. refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol To prevent personal injury always remove the power cord prior to performing repair procedures unless otherwise specified Caution A This device is electrostatically sensitive It may be damaged if exposed to static electricity discharges Information that raises potential electrostatic safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the left To prevent equipment or media damage refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies To prevent equipment or media damage always wear an appropriate personal grounding device e g a high quality wrist strap grounded to avoid potential damage To prevent equipment or media damage always remove the Ribbon and Cards from the Printer before making any repairs unless otherwise specified To prevent equipment or media damage take jewelry off of fingers and hands as well as thoroughly clean hands to remove oil and debris before working on the Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 2 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting LCD and Printer Error Message Tables This sect
37. review carefully 5 2 Troubleshooting LCD and Printer Error Message Tables 5 3 How to use the LCD Error Message Table example provided Troubleshooting with the LCD Error Message Table 5 5 Troubleshooting with the Printer Error Message Table 5 19 Communications Errors 5 30 Resolving the Communication Errors 5 30 Printing a Test Image 5 32 Reviewing the Alignment Self Test Card 5 34 Reviewing the Color Bars Self Test 5 35 Reviewing the Device Settings Self Test 5 36 Reviewing the Magnetic Self Test 5 38 Reviewing the Resin Self Test 5 39 Section 6 Ethernet Option Section 6 1 Introduction 6 1 Technical Specification Ethernet Option 6 2 Functional Specification Ethernet Option 6 3 Network Services Overview Reviewing the Print Server 6 4 6 4 Reviewing the Web Page Server Reviewing the Network Management Interface 6 4 Reviewing the Telnet Server 6 4 Network Management Interface Telnet Command Line Interface Initiating a Telnet Session 6 5 Reviewing the Telnet Command Table Ethernet Web Pages Standard Procedures Reviewing Web page security Logging In Accessing the Home page Reviewing the Home Page Reviewing the Home Page Categories and Fields table Configuring the Network Settings Accessing the Network Settings page Rev
38. surface Users can select these Ribbon types to prevent film from transferring over security features signature panel or other areas of special interest on the card surface Step Procedure 1 Adjust to match the Ribbon Type selection with the Ribbon type that is loaded in the Printer YMC Full Color Yellow Magenta Cyan OR YMCK Full Color Resin Black Yellow Magenta Cyan Resin Black OR YMCKK Full Color 2 Resin Black Yellow Magenta Cyan Resin Black Resin Black OR YMCKH Full Color Resin Black Heat Seal Yellow Magenta Cyan Resin Black and Heat Seal OR YMCKI Full Color Resin Black Inhibit Yellow Magenta Cyan Resin Black Inhibit Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 27 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Ribbon Type continued See the procedure on the previous page amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encodin K Panel Resin Supplies Cad Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Supplies Automatically detect the installed Ribbon and Film for every print job Ribbon Type YMCKH Full Color Resin Black Heat Seal v YMC Full Color YMCK Full Color Resin Black YMCKK Full Color 2 Resin Black YMCKH Full Color Resin Black Heat Seal MCI Full Color Inhibit W MCKI Full Color Resin Black Inhibit Yh CKIKI Full Color 2 Resin Bla
39. 0 ix RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Section 1 Printer Overview How to use the guide The HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide is designed to provide installers and technicians with quick efficient lookup of related procedures components and terms The Guide can be used effectively either in soft or hard copy depending on the preference of the installer or technician Manual Description Glossary of Terms and You can go directly to the Glossary of Terms Technical Technical Functional Specifications and Functional Specifications to learn how Specifications hyper linked to use the processes procedures functions and windows for the within concise correlative tables Table of Contents hyper You can use the automated Table of Contents to quickly linked locate for example an error message a procedure the index or an appendix Cross Referencing hyper You can use the cross referencing links to quickly locate linked for example an error message or a procedure Comprehensive Index You can use the Comprehensive Index to quickly locate hyper linked information on the Printer relating to a specification a procedural step a window or screen a component a term a qualifier or a related feature to this Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Safety Messages review carefully
40. 17 105 Sensor 17 105 Serial interface 17 105 Shift Data Left option 7 66 SIMM 17 105 Simplex 17 105 Smart Card 17 105 smart chip 7 2 Softkey Buttons 2 17 2 18 Software 17 105 Software Drivers 2 14 Software Drivers 2 11 special precautions 1 2 7 1 10 30 Split 1 Ribbon Panels 7 32 Spooler 17 105 Spooling 17 106 SS Start Sentinel 17 106 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 18 4 RESTRICTED USE ONLY SS ES FS 7 77 Stacker 17 106 Start Sentinel SS 7 77 Stepper Motor 17 106 String 17 106 Super Coercivity 7 65 Supply Frequency 2 15 Supply Voltage 2 15 Surface mount 17 106 surface roughness 7 2 Switch Box 17 106 System Color Management 7 40 System Requirements 2 15 TAC 17 106 Tape adhesion Test 7 5 7 7 Tape Test 7 58 Technical Specifications 2 7 2 8 2 9 2 10 2 11 2 12 2 13 2 14 2 15 Temp file 17 106 Temperature Adjustment 2 24 Test Print 17 106 Thermistor 17 106 Thermocouple 17 107 thicker cards 7 2 thinner cards 7 2 Through hole 17 107 Timeout 17 107 TOF Top of Form 17 107 Top Cover D910136 01 16 9 total card area 7 88 Track 17 107 Track Information 7 77 track number 1 2 or 3 7 77 Transfer Count 5 36 Transfer Dwell Time Temperature 7 55 transferred Film 7 5 troubleshoot the Printer 14 1 Troubleshooting 5 1 17 107 Fargo Electronics Inc TrueType TT 17 107
41. 2 Enter the correct password e The default password is an empty string If the password has not been changed leave the field blank e See Password page procedure for changing passwords 3 Press Enter or click on the OK button 4 If the name and password is not accepted another login prompt will appear on screen Note Repeat this procedure with the correct User name and password Connect to 10 1 210 240 Administrator User name Password Remember my password HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 13 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Accessing the Home page Step Procedure 1 Open a window for your network browser application on your local PC 2 Find the IP address of the Printer Note See Accessing the IP Address as needed to get this from the LCD of the Printer 3 Enter the IP address of the Printer you want to access into the address bar of the browser Note The IP address will change for your printer installation 4 Press Enter or click on GO 5 View the Home page The Home Page displays general information about the Printer See the next page Display A See Procedural Steps 2 and 3 above Z Fargo HDPii S N A7160166 Home Page Microsoft Internet Explorer SE File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ae a E _ Back x E n gt Search ge Favorites E 6 qr E i CSS a H
42. 61 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Encoding Mode dropdown list continued Category Description Custom Encoding If you select Custom Encoding all options are active The Default selection active and is ISO Encoding Note The defaults are the same as the ISO inactive functions Encoding defaults However all functions on the Magnetic Track Options tabs are active amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Encoding Options Encoding Mode Custom Encoding v ISO Encoding Custom Encoding i He I Shift Data Left Magnetic Track Options Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 Character Size LAC Generation 7 Bits E Even Parity z ASCII Offset Encoding Mode SPACE Kd Odd Parity x Bit Density 210 BPI lt puo 4 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 62 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Encoding Mode dropdown list continued Category Description Raw Binary If you select Raw Binary Encoding you send down a raw binary Encoding selection string rather than a formatted set of characters Note The active and inactive Coercivity dropdown function is active and the Shift Data Left functions checkbox is not active All functions on the Magnetic Track Options tabs are inactive except for Bit Density amp
43. 91 Cleaning Tape loop 10 37 Clear Protective Overlay panel 2 20 Coercivity 17 91 Coercivity option 7 65 Color Bars YMC 5 37 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 18 2 RESTRICTED USE ONLY color matching 17 91 color matching algorithm 7 40 Color Matching dropdown 7 40 color matching software 7 40 colors 2 7 Communication Errors 5 30 5 31 Compressed air 17 91 Contrast 17 91 Contrast Gamma 7 41 Control panel 17 91 Copies 7 18 copyright version information 7 21 Cover Removal 16 70 CR 100 17 92 CR 79 17 92 CR 80 17 92 CR 80 CR 90 and CR 100 7 12 CR 90 17 92 CSA 2 5 Cursor 17 92 Custom 1 Custom 2 options 7 4 custom Image Transfer settings 7 4 Custom options 7 15 customization options 7 68 Darkness 17 92 DB 9 17 92 DC Direct Current 17 92 DC Motor 17 92 Default 17 92 Default button 7 43 Defined Area s check box 7 87 Defined Area s option 7 85 Defrag 17 92 Delete button K Panel 7 83 DIP switches Dual In line Package Switches 17 92 Direct to Card DTC Printing 17 93 direct to card printing 7 2 disable printing 7 37 disassembly steps 16 1 16 70 disk cleanup utility 5 31 Dither 17 93 dither method 7 44 DMA Direct Memory Access 17 91 Dongle 17 93 Dot 17 93 Dot pitch 17 93 Download 17 93 DPI Dot Per Inch 17 93 DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory 17 93 Drive Train Stepper
44. A000475 03 7 Carefully lift out the complete Printhead Assembly 8 Replace the complete Printhead Assembly Replace the Printhead cable and ground strap Replace the Headlift Motor D910052 A Caution When replacing the Printhead Assembly ensure that the Printhead surface does not get scratched by any other Printer parts HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 65 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc HDPIl Printhead Replacement Guide continued Step Procedure Fit the Frame Mount pin into the slot provided within the Printer Frame Important It must click down solidly into the exact hole as shown below Display Frame Mount Pin Step 9 Print Platen Roller ee slot Frame mount pin HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 66 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc HDPII Printhead Assembly Replacement Guide continued Step Procedure 10 Note how the Print Platen Roller Slot would fit properly onto the Roller bushing as shown from the back side below 11 You have completed this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 67 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc HDPII Mainboard Cable Connection Reviewing the HDPii Printer Main Board connections HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Re
45. Cartridge onto the Printer until it clicks CHDP5000 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Connecting Power to Printer A Caution Do not remove the red Warning sticker across the USB connection Do not plug in the USB cable until prompted to do so during the installation of the Printer Driver See the Installing the Printer Driver on Windows XP and Windows 2000 procedure Step Procedure 1 The Printer connections are shown in the Displays A to D 2 Use the same procedure for both the Printer Display A Connecting the AC power cable to the power supply HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3 19 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Connecting Power to Printer continued Display B Connecting the other end of the AC power cable to a Surge Protector See both notes below Note No 1 Instead of connecting the AC power cable directly into an AC outlet it is recommended that a Surge Protector be used to protect against power surges Note No 2 Some buildings have surge protection built into the electrical outlets Please consult your building supervisor regarding this feature HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3 20 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Connecting Power to Printer continued Display C Connecting the
46. Components Resin Thermal Transfer to USB Interface Port 2 17 Printer Components LCD and Softkey Control Pad 2 18 Printer Components Print Ribbons 2 20 Printer Components Blank Cards 2 21 Printer Components Card Input and Output Hoppers 2 22 Printer Components Card Output Hopper and Reject Hopper 2 23 Printer Components Transfer Roller 2 24 Printer Components Flipper Table 2 25 Section 3 Installation Procedures 3 1 Safety Messages review carefully 3 1 Introduction 3 2 Time Requirement 3 2 System Requirements 3 2 Inspecting the Printer 3 2 Unpacking the Printer 3 2 Choosing a Good Location 3 4 About Moisture Condensation 3 4 Module Installation Procedures 3 5 Installing the Output Module Accessory 3 5 Removing the Output Side Upgrade Cover if applicable 3 7 Printer Loading Procedures 3 8 Loading the Print Ribbon 3 8 Loading the Clear Transfer Film 3 11 Inserting the Card Cleaning Roller 3 14 Loading the Blank Cards 3 17 Connecting Power to Printer 3 19 Printer Driver Installation Procedures 3 22 Installation Procedures 3 22 Installing the Printer Driver 3 22 Printing a Test Print Image 3 31 Section 4 Accessory Procedures 4 1 Safety Messages review carefully 4 1 Using the Security Lock Slot 4 2 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Section 5 General Troubleshooting Fargo Electronics Inc 5 1 LCD Messages 5 1 Safety Messages
47. Count TC and others The Card Count is the total number of cards the Printer has produced User Printer Settings Model HDP5000 S N 00000075 FW Rev 1 1 6 Jul 31 2007 MAC Address 0 13 44 0 2 4b Image Darkness 5 Print Top Of Form 0 Print Left Of Form 2 Mag a yj coe 0 Print Flip S hedt 0 0 Encoder A ints 0 Head Resiovance 3000 Transfer hors Otte 9 0 Transfer aigat 0 Ribbon Print S 0 0 Film Print Ten 0 0 Film Transfer Ten T S 0 0 Resin Heat Adj 0 s Ei ohare reat A Time 120 0 ATDisable WrinkleCompEnable 1 Film Print Cooling Level 0 Film Tir Cooling Level 0 BlushPoint 0 LCDContrast 0 CleaningRate 0 InfoMsgSetting 0 Card Count 1774 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 36 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the YMCK Self Test Step Procedure 1 Use this card to confirm that image colors are properly reproduced Image consists of sixteen graduated steps of RGB and YMCK Note This print will provide maximum image size giving complete card Coverage on a CR 80 sized card HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 37 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Magnetic Self Test Step Procedure 1 This option only applies if a Magnetic Encoding Module is installed in the Printer Note The Printer will feed encode and eject a card B
48. D910055 and Ribbon Supply Motor D910057 16 41 16 42 Film Take Up Motor D910058 and Ribbon Take Up Motor D910056 16 46 Film transfer parameters 7 2 Firmware 17 95 Flash Memory 17 96 Flipper Back Access Assembly D910188 01 16 72 Flipper Front Cover D910186 01 16 73 Flipper Main Board A000394 16 85 Flipper Module Gears 16 75 Flipper Motor E000062 Pulley 820524 16 83 Flipper Output Roller D900123 16 81 Flipper Sensor bundle D900249 16 82 Flipper Table 2 25 Flipper Table Assembly D900205 16 76 16 78 Font 17 96 FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array 17 96 Front Cover Assembly D910131 01 16 4 Front Panel Trim Cover D910067 01 16 10 Full bleed 17 96 Full Card option 7 84 Functional Specifications 2 16 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 18 2 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Gamma 17 96 Glossy Matte 17 96 Glossy PVC 17 96 Glossy PVC or Matte PVC options 7 58 Graphical Device Interface GDI 17 96 Gray Scale 17 96 Gray Align YMCK 5 32 Halftoning 17 96 Hard Drive 17 97 hard Drive space adequate or inadequate 5 31 Hardware 17 97 Head 17 97 Headlift Motor D910052 16 51 Headlift Motor D910052 and Headlift Sensor D9100XXXXxX 16 48 16 49 Heat Seal 7 2 17 97 Heat sink 17 97 HiCo High Coercivity 17 97 High Coercivity 7 65 High Coercivity UltraCard IIIs 7 65 Horizontal adjustment 7 54 HTML HyperText M
49. Electronics Inc Selecting the Log Type Step Procedure 1 Select the System Log link See the next page 2 Select the link for the log name you want to view or configure the default choices are log1 or log2 3 Select the Print Job Started checkbox to generate the log entries for each Print Job Started Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 32 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Log Type Step Procedure 4 Select the Printer Error checkbox to generate the log entries for each Printer Error 5 Select the Submit button 6 Login as a root User if you are so prompted Note Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in Address http 10 244 69 101 logpathConf html70 Eo iik e Google G v aog EX YY Bookmarkse Bhi blocked gt gt Settings Home Network Print Path Status Administration Help log2 System Log Log Name log E C Print Job Started Log Type C Printer Error None Email es e g userid domain com Log Destination UDP Syslog e g 192 168 0 1 or domain name BE Port 4010 3 Connection Clear Changes HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 33 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Log Destination Sp
50. Film Ribbon Encoder is active during this step 11 The Headlift Motor engages moving the Printhead down until Headlift Sensor is activated All stop 12 The Fan turns ON as required to keep head cool Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing Card Printer Sequence of Operations continued Step Process 13 The Ribbon Drives Film Drive and Print Platen Stepper turn ON and the Printhead burns the image data until the image data is depleted All stop Note The Ribbon Encoders and Film Encoders are active during this step 14 The Headlift Motor engages moving the Printhead up until the Headlift Sensor is activated All stop The Film Drive reverses the Film Position Sensor to print over the image again 15 Repeat Steps 9 to 14 for the appropriate number of color heat seal panels 16 The Film Drives turn ON to rewind the printed portion of the Film into position at the heated Transfer Roller 17 If the heater is not at the required temperature yet the job will pause 18 Stepper engages to move the card to a position directly over the Transfer Roller The Card Feed Position Sensor determines card edge and number of steps to position card All stop 19 The Headlift Motor turns ON to raise the Transfer Roller and will stop when the Headlift Sensor is activated All s
51. HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 Continued on the next page 6 43 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the System Information page continued Step Procedure 3 To change an attribute type the new entry in one of these boxes e Label textbox e Location textbox e Contact textbox 4 Select the Submit button 5 Login as a root User if you are so prompted Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in Address amp http 10 244 69 101 adminConf html v Eco links i Google G v aog ER YY Bookmarks G1 blocked gt gt Q Settings Home Network Print Path Status System Log Help System Passwords Reboot System Information Label FRGOO02dca Location Contact Clear Changes HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 44 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Changing the Root Password Fargo Electronics Inc The Passwords page allows the User to change the passwords needed to login as a User Changes to all settings require a login Note However these changes are only protected by password after the password has been set Users can only be added or removed using Telnet commands Step Procedure 1 Select the Administration link 2 Select the Passwords link to get to the Password web page 3 Enter the current p
52. High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 12 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Board Replacement Procedures Replacing the Magnetic Head Assembly 089201 Module Kit Tools needed Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 2 minutes Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Board and Magnetic head are one piece assembly Step Procedure IX Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 2 a Remove the screw F000177 from the Magnetic Cover D910138 b Remove the Magnetic Cover Assembly 3 a Pull out the Magnetic Head and Board Assembly b Install new Magnetic Head and Board 4 Reverse the instructions to re assemble Push Module into place until it clicks HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 13 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the LCD Board Assembly A000440 Tools needed Torx screwdriver Uses the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 5 minutes Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure Lr Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 2 Remove the Front Panel Trim Cover D910067 01 3 Detach the wire to the Cover Switch at P2 and the Data Ribbon cable a
53. Manual Rev 1 0 3 8 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Print Ribbon continued Step Procedure 2 Tighten the Print Ribbon HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Print Ribbon continued Step Procedure 3 Insert the Print Ribbon Cartridge into the Printer until it clicks HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Clear Transfer Film Step Procedure 1 Load the Film into the Film Cartridge until the rolls click HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Clear Transfer Film continued Step Procedure 2 Tighten the Film HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Clear Transfer Film continued Step Procedure 3 Insert the Film Cartridge into the Printer until it clicks HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electro
54. Options Image Color __Image Transfer Card Size CR 80 Xi inches C mm Print width 2 204 Print Length 3 452 Card Type Fargo UltraCard III X Orientation Portrait C Landscape Copies 1 a Diagnostics Test Print About ToolBox HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 19 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Test Print button When selected a test PRN file will be sent to the Printer See below This file will print a Full Color plus Resin print on the front side of the card and a Resin or black only image on the backside This image is the same as what is supplied in the Printer s Supply Pack e For YMCK the PRN file is full color and resin on front only e For YMCKK the PRN file is full color front with resin on front and then the back is resin e For YMC the PRN file is full color and front only e For YMCKH the PRN file is full color with resin and front only e For YMCKI the PRN file is full color with resin and with an inhibit area on the front only amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Card Size CR 80 Y inches C mm Print width 2 204 Print Length 3 452 Card Type Fargo UltraCard III Orientation Portrait C Landscape Copies 1 x d Diagnostics Test Print ToolBox HDPii H
55. Path Sensor D910200 Tools needed Uses the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 20 minutes Preparation Remove all Covers Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 2 Remove the Card Path Sensor A Caution The Card Path Sensor is clipped in Be careful Do not to force this Sensor to come loose Use a small flathead screwdriver to gently pry the two 2 tabs that hold this Sensor in place Slide the Sensor out See Displays A B and C in this section HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 61 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Path Sensor D910200 continued Step Procedure 3 Replace the Card Sensor by snapping into place Note The tabs will click when the Sensor is properly installed 4 Reverse the instructions to re assemble Display A 1 See Step 2 in this procedure Display A 2 Indicates the two 2 tabs that hold the Sensor in place Be careful not to damage the Sensor in the process See Step 2 in this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 62 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Path Sensor D910200 continued Display B Note the screwdriver leverage needed to hold the ta
56. Print button from the Driver s display dialog and the Cancel button located on the Printer s LCD display Card Jam Encoder A Card has become Open the Printer s Front Cover jammed in the Printer s and remove the Print Ribbon Encoding station Open the Printer s Flipping Module Cover Clear any cards in the Encoding Module by using the Forward and or Back buttons located on the Printer s LCD display Re insert the Print Ribbon and close the Printer s Front Cover Press the Resume button located on the Printer s LCD display to continue printing To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button from the Driver s display dialog or the Cancel button located on the Printer s LCD display HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 20 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the Printer Error Message Table continued Printer Error Message Card Jam Output A Card has become Open the Printer s Front Cover jammed in the Printer s and the Output Module Cover Flipper Table Clear any cards in the Flipper Table by using the Forward and or Back buttons located on the Printer s LCD display Close the Printer s Front Cover Press the Resume button located on the Printer s LCD display to continue printing To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button from the Driver s display dialog or the Cancel button on the Printer s LCD display Card
57. RGB model Ribbon The dye impregnated film that is used for color printing Ribbon cable Parallel wires held flat in a row by plastic insulation RMA number Return A number acquired from Technical Support which authorizes the Merchandise return of merchandise for repair or credit Authorization number Roller Elements of the Printer used for the transport of media consisting of a rotating steel shaft for Ribbon or a rotating steel shaft with a rubber cylinder installed at the shaft midpoint for moving cards RS 232 An interface standard established in 1969 by the Electronic Industries Association regarding the connecting of computer peripherals HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 17 104 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Saturation A measure of the degree of color from gray with the same brightness Self test A pre determined print file used to confirm Printer operation typically sent from the Driver or stored in the Printer s memory Sensor An electro mechanical electro optical device used to indicate a change in state in the Printer such as when a card reaches a certain location Serial The transfer of data one bit at a time and in sequential order communications using a single wire Serial interface A sub D 9 pin input output port on the Printer used
58. Replacement 16 61 Replacing the Card Path Sensor D910200 16 61 HDPII Printhead Assembly Kit 086091 Replacement Guide 16 64 HDPII Mainboard Cable Connection 16 68 Reviewing the HDPii Printer Main Board connections 16 68 Reviewing the HDPIl Printer Main Board connections 16 69 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 viii RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Output Side Cover D910242 01 and Input Side Covers D910187 01 and Top Cover D910327 01 16 71 Replacing the Output Module Back Access Assembly D910132 01 16 72 Replacing the Output Module Front Cover D910131 01 amp D910238 01 16 73 Replacing the Output Module Gears D860280 and 810266 16 74 Replacing the Output Module Flipper Assembly D900205 16 76 Replacing the Output Roller Assembly D900236 16 79 Replacing the Output Module Flipper Roller D900123 16 81 Replacing the Output Module Sensor bundle D900249 16 82 Replacing the Output Module Motor D900523 16 83 Replacing the Card Feed Motor D900524 16 84 Replacing the Output Module Main Board A000394 16 85 Replacing the Accessory Board A000483 16 86 Replacing the Output Module Solenoid Lock D920032 16 87 Replacing the Sensor Bundle D910219 16 88 Section 17 Glossary of Terms 17 89 Section 18 Index 18 2 Appendix Engineering Drawings 18 1 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1
59. Rev 1 0 16 15 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the USB Ethernet Board Assembly A000441 Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 10 minutes Preparation Remove all Covers Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel A000441 connects to the Mainboard A000475 03 Step Procedure A Caution Power off the Printer by unplugging the power cord from the Printer Note The USB Ethernet Board Assembly A000441 is used for the communication port of the USB and Ethernet 2 The USB Ethernet Board is located vertically and connected to the main Printer Board at location JP9 Do not remove the Main Board Assembly A000475 03 for this procedure 3 Remove the Back Cover Remove the Output Side Cover 4 Hold the Board at an angle and insert the NOTCH A into the slot of the metal base Frame on the USB port side of the Main Board Assembly A000475 03 See Display A on the next page 5 Carefully Insert the connector tab B into the slot on the Main Board Assembly A000475 03 The location is JP9 ETH USB Note The locking arm located towards the rear must be released if the Board is installed or removed See Display B in this section 6 Reverse the instructions to re assemble HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 16 RESTRICTED USE ONL
60. Service Manual Rev 1 0 8 6 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Inhibit Panel with an Application continued Step Procedure 2 Place objects on the image which correspond to the exact areas that are being inhibited untitled Paint BAK File Edit View Image Colors Help A OT OR re Pe i re ann m For Help click Help Topics on the Help Menu HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 8 7 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Inhibit Panel with an Application continued Step Procedure 3 Fill the inhibit areas with black color W untitled Paint File Edit View Image Colors Help lt For Help click Help Topics on the Help Menu HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 8 8 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Using the Inhibit Panel with an Application continued Fargo Electronics Inc Step Procedure 4 Save the file as a BMP from within Microsoft Paint D My Recent Documents My Network HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 amp Local Disk C Q 2 em 51 fb90fdbe48c0c31887 58Fcd2a61F6F463727 active Bug Information any image screen saver asi Bluetooth 30 Cardwizard O CWDATA DCS Card Wizard DELL diab doc Documents and Settings Downloads lt
61. Table continued LCD Error Message Unable to Feed PC Error Message Nos 14 and 81 Utility Error PC Error Message Nos 129 Waiting for Data PC Error Message No 147 Wrong Film PC Error Message Nos 162 and 163 Wrong Ribbon PC Error Message No 93 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 The Printer is unable to feed a card from the Card Cartridge Command resulted in an error The Printer has stopped receiving data from the PC The print film installed in the Printer does not match the film type selected in the Printer Driver OR A Self test job cannot be printed with the print media installed The print Ribbon installed in the Printer does not match the Ribbon type selected in the Printer Driver OR A Self test job cannot be printed with the print media installed Verify there are cards in the Card Cartridge Verify cards are not stuck together or jammed and they are the correct thickness See Resolving the Communication Errors Reset the Printer and try again If this problem persists call for technical assistance Replace film in Printer with type specified in the Driver A reboot is required Replace Ribbon in Printer with type specified in the Driver RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the Printer Error Message Table Printer Error Cause Message General Error A general Printer error has
62. They are also on the Printer LCD control panel Monochrome An image composed of a single color Network A series of computers connected by data transfer cable for communication and sharing of functions and peripherals Oersted Oe The unit of magnetic field strength named after Dutch scientist Hans Christian Oersted who found the science of electromagnetism Offset The prescribed distance between a reference point and the target point The offset in card printing can refer to the position of the image relative to the leading edge or the distance of the start of magnetic encoding from the leading edge of the card O Ring A rubber ring used as a belt in several media driving applications OS Operating The instructions installed on the computer hard drive that run the System computer s operations and applications The Driver used for any given OS will differ from other platforms The correct version Driver must be loaded for the Printer to interface with the OS and the application to print Output Any product of the Printer including card image encoded data and Lamination Output hopper The portion of the Printer that accepts the completed cards Overlay A resin like substance that is transferred by the Printhead to the card surface over a printed dye image to prevent image fading increase abrasion durability and prevent dye migration HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual R
63. Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 2 minutes Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure 1 A Caution Power off the Printer by unplugging the power cord from the Printer 2 Remove the Ribbon Film and Card Cartridges 3 Turn the Printer over and loosen the one 1 screw at the base of the Cover D910134 01 4 Remove the Output Cover Assembly D910134 01 by pulling it out and off 5 Reverse the instructions to re assemble Note First insert the tabs located at the upper edge of the Cover HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 8 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Top Cover D910007 01 Tools needed Uses the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 2 minutes Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure A Caution Power off the Printer by unplugging the power cord from the Printer 2 Remove the Ribbon Film and Card Cartridges Remove the Input Side Cover D910133 01 and Output Side Cover D910134 01 first Remove the Top Cover Assembly D910136 01 by pulling it up and off Starting with the input side grasp the two 2 sections from underneath Then pull out and up to release the small tabs that hold this Cover to the Frame See display A
64. Upgrade Reboot to Bootloader HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 48 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Upgrading the Main Firmware continued Step Procedure 4 Select the Upgrade button to get Printer into the upgrade mode 5 Select the Yes button and wait for reboot as shown below in Displays A and B Display A Rebooting into the Upgrade Mode File Edit view Favorites Tools Help ay 4 gt 4 E P r f Q Back gt x a A p gt Search Pe Favorites 2 Cy oe LS Address E http 10 244 69 101 reboot UPGRADE yE iink A Google G Goo E YY Bookmarkse Kyi blocked gt Settings Are you sure you want to reboot into upgrade mode Sm Internet Display B Waiting for the Upgrade Mode File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ay O O WAG Pua from 2 2 aD Address http 10 244 69 101 rebootC7UPGRADE Eeo iins Google Gl vla og E YF Bookmarkse 1 blocked gt gt Settings gt Rebooting into upgrade mode Please wait Internet HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 49 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Upgrading the Main Firmware continued Step Procedure 6 Select Administration when the Home page appears See Display A below 7 Select Upgrade to get to the upgrade page See Display B
65. Using the ASCII Offset dropdown list Use this option to customize the Character ASCII Offset used to encode the magnetic data on the currently selected track Note This character offset value is subtracted from the ASCII value of each Magnetic Stripe data character prior to encoding on the track EA Procedure e Select NULL to change the ASCII Offset to NULL OR Select SPACE to change the ASCII Offset to SPACE Note This is the default for Track 1 OR Select ZERO to change the ASCII Offset to ZERO Note This is the default for Tracks 2 and 3 Magnetic Track Options Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 Character Size LAC Generation 7 Bits bz Even Parity T ASCII Offset Encoding Mode ZERO v Odd Parity v po HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 72 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Bit Density dropdown list Use this option to customize the Bit Recording Density Bits per Inch used to encode the magnetic data on the currently selected track The default ISO Standard selections for this option are as follows Step Procedure Select 75 BPI to change the bits per inch to 75 BPI Note This is the default for Track 2 OR Select 128 BPI to change the bits per inch to 128 BPI OR Select 210 BPI to change the bits per inch to 210 BPI Note This is the default for Tracks 1 and 3 OR Select Custom BPI which enables the custom BPI text box N
66. alcohol for cleaning the Printer s Platen Rollers Card Feed Rollers A Caution As with any electronic device internal components of the Printer such as the Printhead may be damaged if exposed to static electrical discharges To avoid potential damage always wear an appropriate personal grounding device such as a wrist strap with integral resistor connected to an ESD ground At a minimum make positive contact with the bare metal chassis of the Printer with the hand prior to touching any internal electrical components HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 10 29 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Safety Messages review carefully Symbol Critical Instructions for Safety purposes Danger A Failure to follow these installation guidelines can result in death or serious injury Information that raises potential safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the left To prevent personal injury refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol To prevent personal injury always remove the power cord prior to performing repair procedures unless otherwise specified Caution A This device is electrostatically sensitive It may be damaged if exposed to static electricity discharges Information that raises potential electrostatic safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the left
67. also authorizes you to create and use an extra copy of the software on a home or laptop computer as long as the extra copy is never loaded in memory or virtual memory loaded at v a M _ _____ _________ HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3 23 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Installing the Printer Driver continued Step Procedure 3 a Read the License Agreement Select the accept the terms of the license agreement option b Click on the Next button to continue with the installation HDP5000 Card Printer InstallAware Wizard License Agreement Collecting information Preparing installation Installing Finalizing installation i InstallAware Please review the license agreement below Fargo Electronics Incorporated License Agreement License 1 Fargo Electronics Incorporated Fargo gives you the right to use one copy of this Fargo software Software with a single Fargo printer on a single computer terminal connected to a single computer or on a single computer network This license also authorizes you to create and use an extra copy of the software on a home or laptop computer as long as the extra copy is never loaded in memory or virtual memory loaded at I accept the license agreement reject the license agreement HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0
68. and locked the user will not have access to the following areas of the printer e Reject Hopper e Flipper Access Door e Ribbon Film Cartridge access area e Card Input Hopper Memory 16MB RAM Operating 65 F to 90 F 18 C to 32 C Temperature Options e Magnetic stripe encoding dual sided simultaneous e Smart card encoding contact contactless e Printer cleaning kit Output Hopper 100 cards 030mm Card Capacity Physical Security The Printer has base plate tie down points for physical security built in bolt holes or a Kensington type lock receptacle Power Supply e 80W Note This product is intended to be supplied by a Listed Power Unit marked Class 2 and rated for 24 V dc 3 75 to 5A HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 12 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Technical Specifications continued Term Description Print Area Over the edge on CR 80 cards Printing Method HDP Dye Sublimation Resin Thermal Transfer Print Ribbon Options Prints or Images Indicates the Ribbon type and the number of Ribbon panels printed where Y Yellow M Magenta C Cyan K Resin Black H Heat Seal and l Inhibit The Inhibit or designation under YMCI indicates the ability to prevent the transfer of film to the card surface Users can select these Ribbon types to prevent film from transferring over security features signature panel or
69. and proximity cards These particular adhesives used to glue a smart chip to a plastic card may react differently to a Transfer Rollers pressure and temperature e Cleanliness of card stock The process does not eliminate the need to use clean card stock The best looking card always starts with the cleanest card surface Dirt and debris on a card can show up as blemishes on the card surface and may reduce the life of the image itself HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 2 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Appropriate Printer Driver settings You have these card selections to choose from e Fargo UltraCard III Default Card Type e Fargo Ultracard e HID ISO Prox Standard 13xx e HID ISO Prox Composite 15xx e HID Identity Standard IDx20A e HID Identity Composite HTx20E e HID iCLASS Standard 20xx e HID iCLASS Composite 21 xx e HID FlexSmart Standard 14x0 e HID FlexSmart Composite 14x6 e HID FlexSmart Prox Std 14x1 e HID FlexSmart Prox Comp 14x7 e Indala FlexISO Standard FPISO e Indala FLexISO XT Composite FPIXT e Custom 1 e Custom 2 In addition you have these selections to choose from e Defaults The Printer Driver software has default Transfer Temperature and Dwell Time settings that deliver the best transfer for these card types These defaults automatically configure based on the card type Ribbon
70. at the top of the Printer A card inserted into this card slot prior to this command may cause the Printer to jam when printing occurs HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 23 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Printer Components Transfer Roller A Danger The Printer s Transfer Roller can reach temperatures exceeding 350 degree F 175 C Use extreme caution when operating the Transfer Roller Never touch the Transfer Roller unless the Printer Power has been turned off for at least 20 to 30 minutes Fargo Electronics Inc Type Description Controls Both the Printer itself and the Printer s software Driver control the built in Transfer Roller Temperature To change the temperature of the Transfer Roller adjust its Adjustment temperature through the Image Transfer Tab within the Printer Driver setup window Once adjusted the new temperature settings will be sent down with the next print job along with the rest of the Printer Driver information New Before printing begins the Transfer Roller will automatically adjust Temperature itself to the new temperature setting Note This new temperature Setting setting will remain programmed within the Printer until it is once again changed within the Printer Driver or until the Printer is turned OFF Whenever the Printer is turned OFF the Transfer Roller will automatically reset itself and return to its default temperature the next
71. below Display A Selecting Administration File Edit Yiew Favorites Tools Help ay KEES amp x aA A x Search Sie Favorites lt Er E 3 la Address http 10 244 69 101 index html i vE iink e Google en vic og E YF Bookmarksy ii blocked 2 Q Settings Home Network Status Help FARGO Fargo HDPii Home Contact Fargo Electronics Inc for product information technical support and downloads Internet HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 50 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Upgrading the Main Firmware continued Display B Selecting Upgrade File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ay Q tx amp x E A DO search Pe Favorites 2 Ee 2s E E Address http 10 244 69 101 adminConf html v E co Links amp Google G Y Go og E i Bookmarksy Git blocked gt Settings Home Network Status Administration Help System Upgrade Reboot System Information Label Location Contact Internet se HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 51 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Upgrading the Main Firmware continued Step Procedure 8 Select the Browse button See Display A below 9 Navigate to and select the appropriate file to upload 10 Select the Upgrade butto
72. diffusing into the dye receptive surface of the card or InTM film This produces the image in the surface of the card E card An abbreviation for electronic card A generic term used to reference any card with built in electronic devices such as Smart Cards or prox cards E card Docking Station The device in the Printer that accepts Smart Cards with an ISO Smart Card contact Station This allows the user to write to the Smart Card chip with a standard RS 232 interface in the back of the Printer or with the optional built in Encoder Edge to Edge Refers to the maximum printable area on a card resulting in printed cards with virtually no border ECP Mode Enhanced Capabilities Port Mode A type of Parallel Port mode developed by Microsoft to increase the port throughput and improve performance EE Memory An abbreviation for EEPROM EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory A microchip based non volatile memory storage device that can be rewritten in the field The chip can hold new values as the Printer adapts its operational parameters Encoder Smart Card An electro mechanical interface to transfer data from the PC toa chip or Magnetic Stripe built into the card HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 17 94 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued T
73. e f checked the Dual Sided and Magnetic Encoder checkboxes are read only e f checked and no Printer is found or bi directional capabilities are disabled or unavailable the error message shown below is displayed e f unchecked or cleared feature check boxes become active and can be manually set e lf the Driver is reinstalled it resets to the default of checked ToolBox A ATTENTION Unable to read settings from the printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 9 18 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Event Monitoring Group Box This Event Monitoring group box displays the Low Supplies Ribbon and Film e The default setting is checked If checked the Ribbon Low message box is displayed with every print job when Printer reports low Ribbon to the Driver e Do not show this message again The check box allows the user to suppress message per Driver instance Default unchecked Reviewing the Ribbon Low message Display Ribbon Low dialog The ribbon in your printer is low To order additional ribbons please refer to the reordering information on the ribbon label or on the Supplies tab O Do not show this message again HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 9 19 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Film Low message The default setting is checked e f checked Film Low message box is displayed wi
74. e The mm radio button displays the area size and the location in mm Using the Add and Delete buttons Step Procedure 1 Use the Add button for these capabilities e Add an area default sized to 2 2 at location 0 with focus on the added area e Add multiple areas in the same location with the same affect as if there were only one area Note Intersecting overlapping areas do not cancel each other out instead they act as one area 2 Using the Delete button to delete the area with focus from the graphic HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 83 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Full Card Step Procedure 1 Select the Full Card option to print the resin black K Panel for all black found within all areas of the image as shown below e The Card image becomes fully black e The resin prints anywhere for black e The Add and Delete buttons become inactive and are grayed out e The Defined Area object size and location scroll controls become inactive and are grayed out e The inches and mm dials become inactive and are grayed out Card Device Opi Image Transfer Magnetic Encoding Supplies CR 80 Card Size Front Back jH e X HY t Defined Area 0 9 2 Ea Direction Card Travels through Printer Print All Black with K Panel Defined Areals Undefined Areals
75. enter a name for the card stock b Click on the Image Transfer tab to adjust the Dwell Time and temperature sliders to the appropriate settings See the next page Note These settings will be saved for the custom card type when the Printer Driver setup window is closed amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Card Size CR 80 z inches mm Print Width 2 204 Print Length 3 452 Card Type Fargo UltraCard III Fargo UltraCard Ill Fargo UltraCard HID iClass 2KBL P C Indala XT T1 PET ON HID iClass 16K CHC PET HID iClass 16K CH PET HID Prox 0005K PC HID Prox 0005D PVC HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Card Type continued Please see Step 2b on the previous page amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin aan Card Device Options Image Color i Image Transfer Image Position Vertical m Horizontal Transfer Dwell Time 2 0 seconds per inch Transfer Temperature 175 0 Celsius ooo Default HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 16 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Setting the Orientation Select either the Portrait or Landscape radio buttons for Orientation Ste
76. for printing under Windows Vista HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 11 15 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Inhibit Bitmap File Placement Examples For example placing a iC Test inhibit omp text object within a Corel Draw print job against a local HDPii printer instance under Windows XP causes the printer driver to look for a file with that name and location on the local workstation The location of the inhibit area within the print job is the upper left hand corner of the page where the TextOut string is placed upon the drawing within the application Inhibit Bitmap File Description The inhibit bitmap file must contain one bit per pixel e g Monochrome at 300 dots per inch If the inhibit bitmap is larger than the page size it is trimmed to fit e The normal print size for a HDPii CR 80 card is 2 204 by 3 452 inches e With that print size the maximum size of the inhibit bitmap area would be 661 by 1035 pixels Black pixels within the image file produce an inhibit covering on the card HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 11 16 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Section 12 Packing the Card Printer The purpose of this section is to provide the User with a specific packing procedure for the Printer Follow this instruction to pack the Card Printer for transport Step Procedure 1 Clean the inside of the Printer with deion
77. for serial communication with the PC for AS400 operating systems or for e card encoding SIMM Single In Line An array of memory chips attached to a printed circuit Board that Memory Module installs in a slot on the main Board Simplex Single sided printing Smart Card Smart cards have an embedded computer circuit that contains either a memory chip or a microprocessor chip There are several types of Smart Cards Memory Contact Contactless Hybrid Twin Combi Dual Interface Proximity and Vicinity Software Instructions saved in computer memory that directs the computer to perform certain tasks and functions Spooler A computer application that allows the spooling of print jobs HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 17 105 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Spooling Rather than moving a print job directly to the Printer the job is written to the disk so that the user can access the application faster while Windows takes care of printing in the background SS Start Sentinel The character denoting the end of a magnetic data string Stacker The device that moves the finished cards onto the output column ordering them First In First Out Stepper Motor A Motor whose shaft turns in discrete steps rather than continuously String A sequence of chara
78. image should be created in the same orientation as your application image e g landscape or portrait e Some Windows applications have a mode where prints are converted to a bitmap before printing which will prevent proper inhibit panel operation e In some applications such as Microsoft WordPad the must be left justified or it may print on the card and the inhibit functionality will not work HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 8 15 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Section 9 Toolbox This section describes the Toolbox function Accessing the Toolbox Step Procedure Select Toolbox to access the Toolbox window and its tabs as shown throughout this section e OK button Closes the dialog box and saves the Driver configuration changes since the Driver dialog box has been opened Cancel button Closes the dialog box and cancels the Toolbox changes since the Driver dialog box has been opened Help button Launches Help specific to the active tab amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Card Size CR 80 zl inches C mm Print width 2 204 lt Print Length 3 452 4 Card Type Fargo UltraCard III v Orientation Portrait C Landscape Copies 1 a d Diagnostics Test Print About HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 9 16
79. ja INFORMATION This document contains Cc Y ud C Conridantal and proprietary TOATI which ma no e juplicated ubIsned disseminated or disclosed to unintended KAS Part of HID Globa a eae A e permission from Fargo Electronics Inc SIZE DESCRIPTIO 2 J p B Royse ER MECH 2 ENGINEERING USE ONLY PROJECT PART NUMBER ITEM NUMBER DRAWING FILE ENGINEERING MODEL NAME MODEL TYPE D910293 p9i0z93 ASSEM D910295 PEDESE 2 a 4 5 6 T7 8 9 IO 2 2 3 4 5 6 f 8 3 IO I I2 ITEM QTY ITEM NUMBER TYPE DESCRIPTION 140048
80. must carefully add these characters to the string of Magnetic Track data If these characters are not added to the track data the text intended for the Magnetic Track will appear as printed text on the card To avoid this track information must be entered as described below Step Procedure 1 When entering track data the tilde character is entered first followed by the track number 1 2 or 3 on which the data should encode This is followed by the data to be encoded e The first character of this data string must be the track s specific Start Sentinel SS and the last character must be the specific End Sentinel ES e The characters or data in between the SS and ES can include all of the valid characters specific to each track e The number of these characters however is limited by each track s maximum character capacity e When segmenting track data the appropriate Field Separator FS must be used The table below shows the SS ES FS and the valid characters defined for each track HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 77 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Sample String e Track 1 1 JULIEANDERSON 1234567890 e Track 2 2 1234567890987654321 e Track 3 3 1234567890987654321 Maximum Valid Characters Number of Sentinel Separator Characters ASCII 32 95 Track 1 See the table below ASCII 48 63 See the ta
81. needed return all options to their factory settings by clicking on the Default button amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Image Quality Color Matching Resin Dither Optimized for Graphics v Heat Dye Sub Intensity MMC Resin Heat Front K Resin Heat Back K 0 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 43 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting for the Resin Dither Select the appropriate dither method according to the type of image to be printed Note This option only affects those objects printed on the backside of a card with the resin black Panel of a YMCK or YMCKK Print Ribbon This is only enabled when using at least one K panel and dual sided enabled splitting one set of panels Step Procedure 1 Select Optimized for Graphics when printing lower quality images e g clipart logos etc with resin OR Select Optimized for Photo when printing photo quality images with resin amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Image Quality Color Matching System Color Management v Resin Dither Optimized for Graphics z Optimized for Graphics Optimized for Photos HDPii High Definition C
82. numbers used to communicate to the printer e lf these settings are left to the default entry of O then the default ports of 9100 5400 and 5402 will be used for the RawSocket TCP Port the CPS Data TCP Port and the CPS Command TCP Port respectively e The CPS Command TCP Port is dependent on the setting of the CPS Data TCP Port and always two units higher Step Procedure 1 Select the Print Path link 2 View the active configuration of the printer in the Current Settings area on this page 3 New port numbers may be entered into the Stored Settings area in the text boxes provided on this page EEN E Fargo HDPii S N A7160166 Print Path Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit view Favorites Tools Help a Q tack F z x a A A Search 5 Favorites Ea lt E z LJ Address http 10 244 69 101 jprintpathConf html v Eco inks e Google G v Goo ER YY Bookmarksy Bit blocked gt Settings Home Network Status System Log Administration Help Print Path Settings CPS Data TCP Port Cwrent Settings CPS Command TCP Port 5402 Rawsocket TCP Port Stored Settings RawsSocket TCP Port CPS Data TCP Port 0 i oC HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 54 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Print Path page continued Step Procedure 4 Select the Submit button to save these changes to
83. occurred Card Not Found The Printer is unable to find the card Cover is Open The Printer cannot start printing because the Cover is open Unable to Feed The Printer is unable to feed a card from the Card Cartridge HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 Press Cancel on the printer or click on Cancel Print Please check Printer for a card or other obstruction remove the card and cancel the print by pressing the Cancel Print button from the Driver s display dialog or the Cancel button located on the Printer Close the Cover to continue printing Ensure that cards are available and loaded correctly press the Resume button located on the Printer s LCD display to continue printing To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button from the Driver s display dialog and the Cancel button located on the Printer s LCD display RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the Printer Error Message Table continued Printer Error Message Card Jam A Card has become Open the Printer s Front Cover jammed in the Printer and remove the Print Ribbon and Film Cartridges Clear any cards in the printer by using the Forward and or Back Buttons located on the printer s LCD display Re insert the Ribbon and close the Printer s Front Cover Press the Resume button located on the Printer s LCD display to continue printing To Cancel the print press the Cancel
84. one 1 screw that holds the Mount to the Frame Note The Mount is flush with the Frame when properly fitted See Display A within this procedure 4 Pull out the Motor Press the locking tab located on the right side of the Motor IN to release the Motor See Display B within this procedure 5 Disconnect the Headlift Sensor from the Harness Leave the Sensor D910216 in the Mount if not replacing it HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 48 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Headlift Motor D910052 and Headlift Sensor D910216 Step Procedure 6 If you need to replace the Sensor use a small flathead screwdriver to release the Sensor Move the flag from out of the Sensor area to clear the Sensor Slide the Sensor out from the tabs Replace it with the new Sensor and click it back into place See Display C within this procedure 7 Replace the Headlift Motor Ensure the Shaft tab fits in to the hole provided in the Frame Note The top spine of the Shaft faces up The point of the Shaft must fit into the Frame hole provided See Displays C and D below 8 Reverse the instructions to re assemble A Caution Do not pinch the wires Note how wires are feed through See Displays E and F within this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 49 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics I
85. plug from the power supply to the Printer as shown below HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3 21 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Driver Installation Procedures Installation Procedures Installing the Printer Driver Step Procedure 1 Close down all programs and insert the Software Installation CD into your computer s CD drive After a few seconds the CD s installer program will automatically open Follow the CD s on screen Procedures to complete installation Note If the CD does not automatically open use My Computer or Windows Explorer to view the contents of the CD Then double click on the Setup exe file listed on the CD See the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3 22 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Installing the Printer Driver continued Step Procedure 2 Click on the Next button to continue with the installation rA ER ay 7 A vy HDPn Card Printer InstallAware Wizard X License Agreement Fargo Electronics Incorporated License Agreement A License E r 1 Fargo Electronics Incorporated Fargo gives you the right to use one copy of this Fargo software Software with a single Fargo printer on a single computer terminal connected to a single computer or on a single computer network This license
86. screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 15 minutes Preparation Remove all Covers Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 2 Remove all of the Covers 3 Remove the three 3 screws from the Stepper Motor D910073 See display below Stepper Motor Connecter HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 37 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Drive Train Stepper Motor Assembly D910073 located in the Card Path Step Procedure 4 Unplug the Motor wire from the side of the Motor D910073 5 Slide out the Fan to allow for room to remove the Motor D910073 6 Pull out the Motor and replace it with the new Motor D910073 7 Reverse the instructions to re assemble HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 38 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Feed Motor Roller Assembly D910074 Tools needed Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 10 minutes Preparation Remove all Covers Remove the Card Path Assembly See Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the P
87. service personnel Step Procedure LN Caution Power off the Printer by unplugging the power cord from the Printer 2 Remove the Ribbon Film and Card Cartridges 3 Turn the Printer on the back and loosen the one 1 screw at the base of the Cover D910133 01 4 Remove the Input Cover Assembly D910133 01 by pulling it out and off 5 Reverse the instructions to re assemble Note First insert the tabs located at the upper edge of the Cover HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 6 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Output Side Upgrade Cover D910139 01 Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP oP process Estimated Repair Time 1 minute Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure A Caution Power off the Printer by unplugging the power cord from the Printer 2 Remove the Ribbon Film and Card Cartridges 3 Use a small flathead screwdriver to release the one end Pry the rest of the cover off of the Output Side Upgrade Cover D910139 01 4 Reverse the instructions to re assemble Leave it off for Upgraded Printers to access the port HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 7 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Output Side Cover D910134 01 Tools needed 10
88. specify coercivity of the cards being used Step Procedure 1 Select the Coercivity option Oersted to use the Magnetic Stripe type that matches the card type e Super Coercivity 4 000 Oersted e High Coercivity 2 750 Oersted e Medium Coercivity 600 Oersted e Low Coercivity 300 Oersted 2 Select the Magnetic Track Selection option to specify which track is to be configured through the Magnetic Track Options if the application being used requires customization of the standard ISO encoding process See Reviewing the Magnetic Track Options amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Encoding Options Encoding Mode JIS Il Encoding x Coercivity Medium 600 Oe v a Super 4 000 Oe High 2 750 Oe Medium 600 Oe Low 300 Oel HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 65 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Shift Data Left Function Use the Shift Data Left option which applies to all tracks when selected Note When this option is unchecked it is the default Step Procedure 1 Select this option to shift the recorded magnetic data to the left hand side of the card s Magnetic Stripe Note This is useful in situations that require cards to be readable with insert type readers amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences
89. starts or stops logging on start of jobs or on faults dest Change the destination set syslog lt LOG_NAME gt dest of a system log path none email udp tcp This may be set to none e mail udp or tcp email Change the e mail set syslog lt LOG_NAME gt email address for e mail lt EMAIL gt notification for a system log path It must specify a valid e mail address udp Specify the IP address set syslog lt LOG_NAME gt udp of the UPD system lt IPADDRESS gt logging program from Restore system log set syslog from default current path settings from the default or current settings HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 9 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Telnet Command Table continued Telnet Command Command Purpose Command Format set user add Add a new User set user add lt NAME gt definition The allows only two 2 User definitions del Delete a User set user del lt NAME gt definition passwd Define a new password set user passwd lt NAME gt for a User lt PASSWORD gt type Specify a User as root set user type lt NAME gt or guest root guest Only root Users have administrative rights to change network interface settings from Restore User setting set user from default stored from default or stored settings HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RES
90. tab Diagnostics button amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences M agnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies E ard Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Card Size CR 80 z inches mm Print Width 2 204 5 Print Length 3 452 Card Type Fargo UltraCard III v Orientation Portrait C Landscape Copies 1 a ET _ Diagnostics Test Print About ToolBox HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 13 2 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Performing the Firmware Updates continued Display B Fargo Workbench Printer Utility Printer Information tab Fargo Workbench Printer Utility File Actions Help Printer Information E Printer Information i Ribbon Information Remote LCD Advanced Settings Sensors Film Information Card Samples ES Printer Serial Number 7120464 Installed Options Magnetic Encoder Run Tests Dual Sided Module Card Count ch 5164 Firmware Yersion 1 0 2 SecureMark Enabled No Lamination Module Printer Information Smart Card Encoder Mifare Encoder iClass Encoder Print Spooler a Print Viewer Prox Encoder Password Protection SOCSBB eG Technology Cards Print Security HDPS000 Card Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 13 3 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Performing the Firmware Update
91. this procedure 8 The Card Idler Roller 0910295 can fall out when the Roller is removed See Display E within this procedure Display A See Step 2 in this procedure amp A Pat HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 28 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Roller D910062 and Card Roller D910063 and Card Roller D910065 Display B See Step 3 in this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 29 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Roller D910062 and Card Roller D910063 and Card Roller D910065 Display D See Step 7 in this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 30 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Platen Card Roller D910101 Tools needed Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process r Estimated Repair Time 10 minutes Preparation Remove all Covers Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer Important Card path removal makes parts removal easier Relates to other procedures 2 Remove the two 2 large Gears D860280 and D910112 to access the Rollers These Gears are attached with an E Clip and a C Clip See Disp
92. time the Printer is turned ON Disconnect the Printer s power supply Technician Note Cycling the Printers power supply serves to reset the Transfer Roller to its default temperature The temperature setting within the Printer Driver however will stay the same until it is changed HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 24 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components Flipper Table Type Description Exception The printer has a simple single card exception feed that can be Feed initiated by an external command Cards fed from the exception feed slot feed from a 90 inclination of the Flipper Table In the Kiosk mode cards can move from the exception feed slot to different positions for printing magnetic encoding and e card encoding using the OMNIKEY modules Kiosk Mode The Kiosk mode is used to manually feed card stock into the printer using the module top slot Kiosk mode enabled When a print job is sent to the printer it will rotate the Flipper Table to a vertical orientation and wait for a card to be inserted e lf acard is already present in the slot a card jam error will result e Acard can only be inserted into the slot after the Output is ready to accept it HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 25 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Section 3 Installation Procedures Safety Me
93. to re assemble Refer to Display B in this procedure for washer placement Fit the Shaft end into the hole provided Notice the flat side of the bushing goes to the flat side of the Frame Note There is a small notch on the bushing to indicate the flat side This notch faces to the right Refer to Display C in this procedure Replace the Pulley D840889 as needed HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 33 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Print Platen Roller D910109 continued Display A See Step 3 in this procedure iin Remove Printhead amp Stepper Motor HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 34 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Print Platen Roller D910109 continued Display B See Step 5 in this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 35 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Print Platen Roller D910109 continued Display C See Step 5 in this procedure Flat of bushing on this side lt 4 w Assembly D910109 Shaft in hole gt HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 36 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Motor Replacement Procedures Replacing the Drive Train Stepper Motor Assembly D910073 Card Path location Tools needed Torx
94. used in the printing process thus generating a lighter print OR e Move the slide to the right to cause more heat to be used thus generating a darker print Note This slide only affects those images printed with dye sublimation Ribbon Panels YMC Dye Sub Intensity YMC postenenennenvensansenssneaneanenneanennennssnsnansensansaneaneaneanennensenneen Resin Heat Front K Resin Heat Back K cd ina Ee a Default HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 41 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Quality Color Matching dropdown continued Step Procedure 3 Control the amount of heat the Printer uses when printing with the resin black Panel by adjusting the Resin Heat slide e Move the slide to the left to cause less heat to be used in the printing process causing resin images to be lighter or less saturated OR e Move the slide to the right to cause more heat to be used causing resin images to be darker or more saturated Note This control can be helpful for fine tuning the sharpness of resin text and bar codes Dye Sub Intensity YMC Resin Heat Front K Resin Heat Back K eee teen ped Default HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 42 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Quality Color Matching dropdown continued Step Procedure 4 As
95. with the appropriate SecureMark Ribbon and press the Resume button located on the Printer s LCD display to continue printing To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button from the Driver s display dialog and the Cancel button located on the Printer s LCD display Install a Certified Print Ribbon and press the Resume button located on the Printer s LCD display to continue printing To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button from the Driver s display dialog and the Cancel button located on the Printer s LCD display HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 25 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the Printer Error Message Table continued Printer Error Cause Message Invalid Ribbon The ribbon installed does Install a Certified Print Ribbon and not match the SecureMark press the Resume button located configuration of the on the Printer s LCD display to printer continue printing To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button from the Driver s display dialog and the Cancel button located on the Printer s LCD display Invalid Ribbon An incorrect Print Ribbon Check that the ribbon is correct for has been installed in the the printer and retry Printer To cancel click on Cancel Print Ribbon Error The Print Ribbon caused Press the Resume button located a general error on the Printer to continue To cancel press the Cancel Print butt
96. 10072 and the Lift Sensor D910216 Unplug the Sensor wire from the top of the Motor 3 Remove the three 3 screws that attach the Motor to the Frame 4 Be careful of the Sensor when removing and replacing the Motor Cam Move the Cam to the side to clear the Sensor 5 Replace the Motor D910072 6 Reverse the instructions to re assemble HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 59 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Mechanism Lam Cam Sensor D910216 Preparation Remove all Covers Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 10 minute Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer Important Card path removal makes parts removal easier Relates to other procedures 2 This procedure is used to replace the Motor D910072 and the Lift Sensor D910216 Unplug the Sensor wire from wire Harness 3 Remove the two 2 screws that attach the Sensor to the Lamination Mechanism Frame 4 Replace the Sensor D910216 5 Reverse the instructions to re assemble HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 60 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Sensor Replacement Replacing the Card
97. 2 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Image Position controls Use the Image Position controls to position the image on a card to be adjusted Step Procedure 1 Adjust the Image Position values by clicking on the Vertical and Horizontal adjustment arrows e These values ensure that the Cards always remain in the same position as they travel through the Printer regardless of image orientation e The Card Illustration shown in the Image Position box will flip and rotate according to the selection of Portrait Landscape or Rotate 180 Degrees e The outline around the illustration will always remain in the same Landscape orientation v HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 53 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Image Position controls continued The display below represents how the printed image will move in relation to the fixed card position as positive and negative image placement values are entered Step Procedure 2 Follow these instructions e Use the Vertical adjustment to move the image toward the front of the Printer if a positive number is entered and toward the rear of the Printer if a negative number is entered OR e Use the Horizontal adjustment to move the image toward the card output side of the Printer if a positive number is entered and toward the card input side of the Printer i
98. 255 255 255 192 Default Gateway 10 1 129 65 DNS Server Address DNS Domain Suffix Clear Changes Note Changes only take effect after reboot Internet HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 22 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Clear Changes button Step Procedure 1 Click on the Clear Changes button to delete the information in the textboxes in Stored Settings area See the lower left corner of this display Address http 10 244 69 101 ftepipConf html yo links Google G v Goo ER v YY Bookmarksy Git blocked gt gt Settings Default Gateway 10 1 129 65 DNS Server Address DNS Domain Suffix Clear Changes ote Changes only take effect after reboot Internet HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 23 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Media Information page This page displays Media information about the Ribbon and Film currently installed in the Printer Step Procedure 1 Select the Status link from any web page of the Printer 2 Select the Media page link 3 View currently installed Ribbon information pertaining to the following e Part Number e SecureMark Part Number e Percent Remaining e Ribbon Type a Fargo HDPii S N A7160166 Media Information Microsoft Intern
99. 32 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Section 4 Accessory Procedures Safety Messages review carefully Symbol Critical Instructions for Safety purposes Danger A Failure to follow these installation guidelines can result in death or serious injury Information that raises potential safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the left To prevent personal injury refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol To prevent personal injury always remove the power cord prior to performing repair procedures unless otherwise specified Caution A This device is electrostatically sensitive It may be damaged if exposed to static electricity discharges Information that raises potential electrostatic safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the left To prevent equipment or media damage refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies To prevent equipment or media damage always wear an appropriate personal grounding device e g a high quality wrist strap grounded to avoid potential damage To prevent equipment or media damage always remove the Ribbon and Cards from the Printe
100. 5 If this problem persists call for technical assistance Headlift Error This is a problem with the Reset the Printer and try Printhead Lift or Transfer again PC Error Message Bolier Headlift Nos 102 103 104 If this problem persists call for and 105 technical assistance Heater Error The Transfer Heater Roller is Reset the Printer and try too hot again PC Error Message No 161 If this problem persists call for technical assistance HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the LCD Error Message Table continued Invalid Film An unauthorized film is Get the correct Film from your PC Error Message installed in the Printer dealer Nos 94 95 96 164 165 and 166 Invalid Password Printing disabled at this time Press Cancel to abort this print job and then check security settings at host computer PC Error Message No 136 Invalid Ribbon An unauthorized Ribbon is Get the correct Ribbon from PC Error Message installed in the Printer your dealer No 93 Job Data Error The print data sent to the Reset the Printer and try Printer is corrupt or has been again interrupted PC Error Message No 106 If this problem persists call for technical assistance HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 11 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troublesho
101. 50 1 03 File Number E145118 FCC The Card Printer complies with the requirements in Part 15 of the FCC rules for a Class A digital device UL The Card Printer is listed under UL IEC 60950 1 2001 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY EQUIPMENT Note This product is intended to be supplied by a Listed Power Unit marked Class 2 or I T E and rated for 24 V dc 3 75 to 5 A File Number E145118 Agency Listings Term Description Emissions CE FCC CRC c1374 EN 55022 Class A FCC Class A EN 55024 Standards 1998 EN 61000 3 2 and EN 61000 3 3 Safety Standards UL IEC 60950 1 2001 CSA C22 2 No 60950 1 03 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 5 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc FCC Rules This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance
102. ALIBRATE PASSED Click on the OK button on the LCD display to complete the procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 9 22 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Clean Printer tab The button for the Clean Printer tab is described below e Clean Button Launches cleaning routine Follow the instruction on the page for setting up the Printer e Help button Launches help that is specific to this tab Step Procedure Click the Clean Printer tab See the next page a Remove the Card Cartridges and close the covers b Remove the paper back from both sides of the Cleaning Card Note DO NOT remove the left liner if a Magnetic Encoding Module is installed in your printer Insert the Cleaning Card into the Card Hopper s Infeed Rollers Click on the Clean button below Guide the Cleaning Card into the Printer if necessary When the Cleaning routine is complete the Cleaning Card will exit the Printer via the Card Hopper Infeed Rollers g Reinstall the Card Cartridges The Cleaning routine will begin after all current print jobs have completed Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 9 23 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Clean Printer tab continued See the procedure on the previous page HDPii Card Printer Configuration Calibrate Film Calibrate Ribbor Clean Printe
103. All Black with K Panel options and the Defined Areas Use this tab to control where the resin black K Panel of a full color Ribbon is printed Note When Disable Printing under the Device Options tab is selected this tab will be active while all functions will be grayed out e f printing with a Ribbon type that does not have a K Panel such as the YMC Ribbon type all K Panel Resin options will be grayed out Resin black text is desirable due to its sharp saturated color and resin black barcodes are required to ensure readability when scanned by an infrared barcode reader Note The Printer Driver will automatically print all TrueType black text and TrueType barcodes only with the resin black K Panel of the Print Ribbon by default e f printing black text or barcodes that are not TrueType fonts or black graphics select one of the three options listed under Print All Black with K Panel see the next page Note The Printer Driver will print areas of the image where it finds black coloring with the Print Ribbon s resin black K Panel as specified by each of the following options Transfer Card Device Options EES m Magnetic Encoding Lamination K Panel Resin Supplies Custom Card Size Front C Back OiT T 020 He E Defined Area Add Direction Card Travels through Printer Delete Print All Black with K Panel Full Card Siteevcccccescvscecsscssccenceeteed i Undelned Area s Print YMC under K C Pr
104. DPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 1 RESTRICTED USE ON Introduction LY Fargo Electronics Inc The purpose of this section is to provide the User with specific information on the Regulatory Compliances Agency Listings Technical Specifications and Functional Specifications for the Card Printer Encoder Reviewing the Printer Overview table Series Input Card Accepted Encoding Flipper Hoppers Capacity Card Size Modules Table Dual Sided Card 1 100 CR 80 Optional Included Printer Encoder 100 per Cartridge HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 2 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Package These items are included with your Please see below e Unpacking Instructions e Software Installation CD includes Printer Driver e Cleaning Roller One 1 power supply with Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 3 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Card Printer Display Printer with attached Output Hopper HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 4 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Regulatory Compliances Term Description CSA The Printer manufacturer has been authorized by UL to represent cUL the Card Printer as CSA Certified under CSA Standard C22 2 No 609
105. Degrees option to rotate the image on the front of the card by 180 degrees when printed OR Select the Rotate Back 180 Degrees option to rotate the image on the back of the card by 180 degrees when printed Dual Sided V Print Both Sides Split 1 Set of Ribbon Panels Print Back Image on Front of Card Print Back Side Only Options V Rotate Front 180 Degrees f Disable Printing HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 36 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Disable Printing option Use this option to disable the printing capabilities of the Printer while still allowing the Printer to encode cards Note This option is useful to encode or re encode preprinted cards without wasting additional time or printing supplies Step Procedure 1 Select this option to ensure no print data will be sent to the Printer while all encoding instructions will be sent according to how they are configured within the software amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding Sa Supplies Card Device Options f Image Color Image Transfer Image Quality Color Matching System Color Management v Resin Dither Optimized for Graphics Heat Dye Sub Intensity MMC poeseeosseccsoesseoesesesoeseseesesosossesososoesosoosesosococsoeosesssesesosoose Rconsetervonuesecossceoseosueesenonseuscvosecevenencoesvoasoosecesecssoccseteseont
106. Display A See Step 8b above in this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 43 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Film Supply Motor D910055 and the Ribbon Supply Motor D910057 continued Display C See Step 10 in this procedure When installing sensor start the edge of the sensor at the top of the bracket and work the sensor down into position a AN AIN Ny y gt O 3 cae j 4 AN a Twist Locks ES Route Cable Through N 7 4 py a A WTN HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 44 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Film Supply Motor D910055 and the Ribbon Supply Motor D910057 continued Display D See Step 10 in this procedure Ea k RIB ENCODE D910202 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 45 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Film Take Up Motor D910058 and Ribbon Take Up Motor D910056 Tools needed Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 20 minute The same procedure is used for both Motors Preparation Remove all Covers f A s Important This procedure can only be f D910058 performed by authorized service personnel p Step Procedure D910056 A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and u
107. Driver A software utility that serves as an interface between the Printer and the Windows GDI Graphical Device Interface making the Printer s functions available through the software application It also provides the format information for the rasterizing of the print file including any necessary escape or function commands Print Job A file of one or more cards for the Printer to print including image data and Printer functions transmitted through the parallel interface and at times stored temporarily in the print Buffer and spooler Print Server A device used to connect and control a Printer on a network Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 17 102 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Printhead The device on a Printer that produces the image on the media PVC Abbreviation for polyvinyl chloride often called vinyl PVC is the component of the 0 002 thick clear dye receptive film on the surface of the identification card and is the primary component of the identification card cores Queue A sequence of files or sets of data awaiting transmission or processing Proximity Prox Card Proximity cards allow access and tracking utilizing contactless technology usually by communicating through a built in antenna RAM Random Access Memory A storage device for di
108. E ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the RFID Board Assembly A000365 Display A See Step 3 in this procedure Sa a HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 20 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the RFID Board Assembly A000365 Step Procedure 4 Replace the RFID PCB Board A000365 by sliding into place under the holding tabs See Display B within this procedure 5 Reverse the instructions to re assemble Display B See Step 4 in this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 21 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Card Path and Roller Replacement Procedures Replacing the Card Path Assembly D910006 Tools needed Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 10 minutes Preparation Remove all Covers Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer Important Card path removal makes parts removal easier Relates to other procedures 2 Remove the two 2 screws from the card path Note One screw is located at the back next to the Card Feed Motor Assembly D910074 One screw is located at the back opposite side See Display A 3 Gently slide the Card Path Assembly D910006 and slide o
109. ED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using Inhibit Panel via the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility continued Follow these instructions e To create an inhibit area using the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility see Using the Inhibit Panel Layout Applet in the Help file associated with the specific application e To open the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility select on your desktop Start gt Programs gt Fargo gt Fargo Workbench Printer Utility gt Fargo Workbench e Please verify that you have the latest version of the Workbench installed The latest version is located on www fargosupport com gt fran Accessories D Adobe gt D Agile T CorelDRAW Graphics Suite 12 D Epicor o a A A a Fargo Workbench Printer Utility Fargo Workbench amp Adobe Bridge x Uninstall Fargo Workbench amp Adobe Illustrator C52 M HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 8 2 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using Inhibit Panel via the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility continued Step Procedure 1 Create the Inhibit Panel Layout within the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility 2 Save the file Failure to save will not allow the Inhibit Panel to work 3 You are now ready to print from your application Any image file will print with the inhibit panel until that image file is deleted Fargo Workbench Printer Utility ak Rewritable Card Eraser Techn
110. Eject Error The Printer is unable to Please check Printer for a card jam eject a card or other obstruction and press the Resume button located on the Printer s LCD display to continue printing To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button from the Driver s display dialog or the Cancel button located on the Printer s LCD display HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 21 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the Printer Error Message Table continued Printer Error Message Flipper Jam The Flipper Table has Open the Printer s Output jammed while either Module Cover aligning itself or flipping a card Clear any cards in the Output Module by using the Forward and or Back buttons located on the Printer s Front Cover Ensure that the Flipper Table can rotate freely Close the Printer s Output Module Cover Press the Resume button on the Printer s Front Cover to continue printing To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button from the Driver s display dialog No Flipper The Printer does not have Verify the Printer has flipper flipping capabilities capabilities via the LCD Menu If Output capabilities are present ensure that the Print Both Sides option in the driver is set correctly Press the Resume button on the Printer s Front Cover to continue printing To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button from the Driver s di
111. Electronics Inc Reviewing the Telnet Command Table continued Telnet Command Command Purpose Command Format save Save all current settings as the stored settings in the permanent memory save load Take the settings from the stored memory and make them the current settings load lpstat Display information about the Printer status This includes the status and device response See the Printer web page description Ipstat cancel Cancel a specific print job from the print queue cancel 10 quit Stop the current Telnet session quit Ethernet Web Pages Standard Procedures Reviewing Web page security You can use the web pages from your Fargo Ethernet connected Printer to view several attributes about the Printer Users must have administrative rights and they must enter the correct password to alter settings of the Printer See the Reviewing the Web Page Server section HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 12 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Logging In When a User attempts to change any setting they are asked for a User name and password Note The Guest Users can only view settings Step Procedure 1 Enter the correct User name e The default administrative User name is root e The default non administrative User name is guest e Non administrative Users can only view settings
112. FARGO Part of HID Global OI HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Part Number L001129 Revision 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 property of Fargo Electronics Incorporated Copyright 2008 by Fargo Electronics Incorporated All rights reserved Printed in the United States of America Exclusive permission is granted to authorized resellers of Fargo products to reproduce and distribute this copyrighted document to authorized Fargo customers The revision number for this document will be updated to reflect changes corrections updates and enhancements to this document Revision Control Date Document Title Number Revision 1 0 February 2009 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual These reference documents were thoroughly reviewed to provide Fargo with professional and international standards requirements guidelines and models for our technical training and user documentation At all times the Copyright Protection Notice for each document was adhered to within our Fargo documentation process This reference to other documents does indicate that Fargo is an ISO certified company at this time e ANSI ISO ASQ Q9001 2000 American National Standard sub title Quality Management Systems Requirements published by the American Society of Quality Quality Press P O Box 3005 Milwaukee
113. FF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 3 Turn the Output Module over and loosen the Torx screw located on the base plate of each side panel Turn printer back up 4 UNLOCK the top cover 5 Lift it up from the bottom of both sides to remove the top cover and both sides as one piece 6 Reverse the instructions to re assemble HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 71 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Output Module Back Access Assembly D910132 01 Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver Snap also Clip Estimated Repair Time 2 minutes Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 2 Remove the Top Cover and both Side Covers 3 Remove the screw from the bottom of the Back Cover Fold down to remove the cover Release the tab from the slot on the bottom Frame 4 Reverse the instructions to re assemble HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 72 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Output Module Front Cover D910131 01 amp D910238 Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 2 minutes Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel
114. HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 10 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Technical Specifications continued Term Description Certified Supplies Card Printer Encoder requires highly specialized media to function properly To maximize printed card quality and durability Printhead life and Printer Encoder reliability use only Certified Supplies Fargo warranties are void where not prohibited by law when non Certified Supplies are used Film Options e Clear 1 500 prints e Standard Holographic 500 prints e Custom Holographic special order 500 prints Film Storage 77 F 25 C or lower for no longer than 1 5 years Temperature Humidity 20 to 80 non condensing Input Hopper Card Capacity 100 cards 030 762mm Interface e USB 2 0 high speed e Ethernet with the internal Print Server Maximum 2 125W 54mmW Accepted Card Width Maximum Accepted Card Length 3 375L 85 6mmL HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Technical Specifications continued Term Description Mechanical Locking override Soeur The locking solenoid has a mechanical lock override that allows access to the secured areas of the Printer with the appropriate key This lock has a barrel type key Restricted access With the cover closed
115. I A 2 oN A ANN GANIN _ ys Q oh CEA i5 2 4 4 S IN ee N E a ANI VL kein AN N 4 lt t t Fa a ey gt iQ s g X 7 LJ Z O MQ gt Q iJ O ND EQO D co ote lt L DTS ie gt 22 r o0 5 be S 1 WY aes WH Oa 53 D 26u I gt oy ta A 2 345 Gg A am aqO a Sg ba D a v z ah one 2 Yea E a m 1 ag eo Lo a NS eo UXO M icp L Os O Lu 1 yy D E u Q 20 z z lt T 2 2 3 4 5 6 T 8 9 IO Il 2 FARGO ITEM QTY ITEM NUMBER TYPE DESCRIPTION N T E A000440 ASSEMBLY ASY PCB DISPLAY ARMSTRONG G H EAS H D j P 2 D9IOIZ XX PART COVER FRONT DOOR P2 3 D910208 ASSEMBLY ASY CBL LCD DISPLAY NOT PRODUCTION VALID W O STAMP ABOVE VF fi EAR Pores zy 8 6 sto 4 D91021 ASSEMBLY ASY CBL SUPPLY COVER 5 D9I0282 XX ASSEMBLY ASY COVER FRT TRIM PANEL a z 6 3 FOOOI4S PART TAPE VHB CLEAR X 5 020 THK COLOR TABLE PART NUMBER COLOR SCHEME Ne F j STANDARD A N 1 D910283 O BLACK AND SILVER WIRE ROUTING F 4 FOR D9I02II OHC fji C t ti A g U m a We SU E Q D JP4 CABLE ROUTING A SCALE 0 300 EN E
116. ING FILE eee Mok ONL MODEL TYPE PRA a ey a a eee p9i037 p9i0371 ASSEM ASSY DWG HOK D91057 BASTI 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IO I 2
117. ING RING EXT E I88 IN SHFT 6 220082 PAR BELT 105 GRV 125 W MXL 7 3 760343 PART BEARING DRIVE ROLLER 8 810253 PART BRUSH STATIC DISSIPATIVE 9 810266 PAR GEAR CARD TRANSPORT DRIVE O 820524 PART PINION MOTOR E i 820621 PART WASHER ENCODER WHEEL SUPPORT 2 AOOO0I36 ASSEMBLY ASY PCB INPUT SENSOR 3 A000394 PART ASY PCB DTCIOO FLIP STATION G 14 D840667 PART GUIDE ADJUSTMENT OUTPU 5 D841033 PART POST PLTN_DRIVE_IDLER 6 D850190 PART PULLEY MAIN 7 D860280 PART GEAR 72X36 TOOTH MOLDED 8 D900I23 PART ROLLER FLIPPER OUTPUT 9 D900I96 PART BRACKET MOTOR o 20 D900205 ASSEMBLY ASY FLIPPER TABLE E 21 D900208 PAR GEAR 30 T 48 P 22 D900235 PART STEPPER MTR BRACKET 23 D900236 ASSEMBLY ASY OUTPUT ROLLER IOOFLIP o 24 2 D90024I PART PULLEY IDLER 25 D90027 PART BEARING OIL IMP 3I3 X I50 L 26 D900287 PART PULLEY 36 GRV 125 W MXL 27 D910213 ASSEMBLY ASY CBL RELEASE SOLENOID 28 D910234 ASSEMBLY ASY FLIPPER BASEPLATE 29 D910235 ASSEMBLY SIDEPLATE FLIP BACK D SENSORS SHOWN FOR 30 D910236 ASSEMBLY SIDEPLATE FLIP FRT PLACMENT OF D900249 3I D910322 ASSEMBLY ASY CABLE WIRES FI CABLE 32 D910380 ASSEMBLY OUTPUT HOPPER DRAWER 33 D9IOZ38 ASSEMBLY BRACKET HOPPER 34 2 D910408 PART BRACKET FLIPPER SLOT BLOCK ABS 35 D920146 PART BRACKET SOLENOID LOCK 36 2 E000062 PART OTOR 1 8 DEGREE STEPPER DRIVE 37 14 FOOOI6S PART SCREW M3X5_TPH_ZP_SEM 38 6 FOOOIT PART SCREW M3X8_TPH_ZP_SEM 39 4 FOOOI82 PART SCREW 4 20X 500_TPH_ZP_PLAS C 40 17 F
118. La i Address http 10 244 69 101 tcpipConf html ME iins A Google G v Goo EX YY Bookmarks G 1 blocked gt Settinasw Home Network Print Path Status System Log Administration Help Network Settings Q Interface 10Mbps Ethernet IP Address 10 244 69 101 Subnet Mask 233 233 259 0 Default Gateway 10 244 69 3 DNS Server Address 10 244 69 20 DNS Domain Suffix mn fargo com Cwrent Settings Dynamic Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address IP Address 10 1 129 75 Stored Settings Subnet Mask 255 255 255 192 Default Gateway 10 1 129 65 DNS Server Address DNS Domain Suffix Clear Changes Note Changes only take effect after reboot Internet HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 17 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Interface The Interface display indicates the network speed supported by the Printer Address 2 http 10 244 69 101 ftcpipConf html yao iins amp Google G v Goo ER YY Bookmarksy Bit blocked gt gt Settings Home Network Print Path Status System Log Administration Help Network Settings Interface 10Mbps Ethernet HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 18 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Current Settings The Curr
119. Lift the Top Cover Assembly D910136 01 off from the Output side 3 Reverse the instructions to re assemble Note Start with the input side to latch the tabs and then snap down on the output side to attach it HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 9 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Front Panel Trim Cover D910283 01 Tools needed Uses the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 1 minute Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel This part contains the LCD board and cables Step Procedure A Caution Power off the Printer by unplugging the power cord from the Printer 2 Remove the Ribbon Film and Card Cartridges Remove all of the Covers to access this Front Panel Trim Cover D910283 01 Remove the Magnetic Cover D910138 01 3 Gently pull off the Frame A Caution Do not tilt it Pull the Frame straight out from the Frame 4 Disconnect LCD cable Note The Cable routing extends within the Front Frame 5 Reverse the instructions to re assemble Note Line it up and then snap the Frame into place HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 10 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Magnetic Cover D910138 01 Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repa
120. MIB A formal description of the way an agent can be accessed using SNMP Management and the functions that can be managed Information Base Network The basic network parameters needed to configure the network interface Settings Note These include the IP Address the Subnet Mask the Default Gateway the DNS Server Address and the DNS Domain Suffix IP addresses Specifies the current IP addresses that are 32 bit values that are normally expresses in dotted quad format Note This address must not be the same as another device on the same local network Subnet mask Specifies a 32 bit value that routers use to send a message to the correct subnet Default Specifies the address of the router in a network using subnets that gateway forwards traffic to a destination outside of the subnet of the transmitting device Telnet This is a common terminal emulation program that allows a User to send commands to a TCP IP connected device and receive the responses UDP User Defines a protocol for sending and receiving messages on a network Datagram Protocol Syslog The standard method for logging system events Root User A User with administrative rights to change any Printer settings Guest User A User without rights to change Printer settings Ping A common utility or command that sends a message to network devices asking for a return message Note This is used to diagnose if the device is
121. Magnetic Track Options Magnetic Track Options Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 Character Size LAC Generation 5 Bits Even Parity ASCII Offset Encoding Mode ZERO z Odd Parity v Bit Density e Aea Magnetic Track Options Track 1 Track2 Track 3 Character Size LAC Generation 5 Bits Even Parity v ASCII Offset Encoding Mode ZERO v Odd Parity Ma Bit Density 210 BPI 20 4 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 68 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Magnetic Track Options Use the Magnetic Track options for these purposes e Customize the ISO encoded data format for each of the Magnetic Stripe s three tracks e Customize each track independently of the other two e Specify which track to customize by selecting one of the three track options e Click Default to reset the defaults for the current Magnetic Track Options tab only Note 1 After making the required selection the Magnetic Track options box displays the current set of customization options for the selected track Note 2 For most applications the default settings for these options do not need to be changed Magnetic Track Options Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 Character Size LAC Generation 7 Even Parity ASCII Offset Encoding Mode SPACE v Odd Parity v Bit Density 210 BPI v Default Magnetic Track Options Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 Character Size LAC Generati
122. Motor Assembly D910073 16 37 16 38 Driver 17 93 Driver control 2 24 Duplex Printing 17 93 dwell temperature 7 15 Dwell Time 7 7 17 94 Dye Migration 17 94 Dye Sub Intensity slide 7 41 dye sub printed image 7 41 Dye Sublimation 2 16 17 94 Dye Sublimation Cyan panel 2 20 Dye Sublimation Magenta panel 2 20 Fargo Electronics Inc dye sublimation Ribbon Panels 7 41 Dye Sublimation Yellow panel 2 20 E card 17 94 E card Docking Station 17 94 ECP Mode Enhanced Capabilities Port Mode 17 94 Edge to Edge 17 94 Edge to Edge printing 7 15 EE Memory 17 94 EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory 17 94 embedded contaminants 2 21 Emissions Standards 2 5 Encode Station 2 19 Encoder Smart Card 17 94 Encoder wheel 17 95 encoding instructions 7 37 Encoding Mode 7 65 Encoding Options 2 10 End Sentinel ES 7 77 Engine 17 95 EOF End Of Form 17 95 EPP Enhanced Parallel Port 17 95 EPROM Electronically Programmable Read Only Memory 17 95 Escape sequence 17 95 ESD 1 2 7 1 10 30 ESD ElectroStatic Discharge 17 95 Ethernet 17 95 factory default settings Default button 7 58 Fargo Technical Support 14 1 Fargo Technical Support via the Web 14 1 feed card into encoder 5 31 Feeder Station 2 19 Field Separator FS 7 77 Film 7 58 17 95 Film Options 2 11 Film particles 7 7 Film Storage Temperature 2 11 Film Supply Motor
123. NGER 36 FOOOAI PART SPRING COMP 1I88 X 875 X 024 C E REV BUMP CI6IOO I7 OCT 08 CAR CAR D D880I53 IS D910295 C15264 I9 DEC O7 TH TGG MODIFIED D9IOI6I TO BE ABLE B TO REMOVE ONE OF THE FO00408 CROS OT NOV OTI een ee VER I REV RECORD ECO DATE APPR DRAWN BY DATE TGG 3I Mor 06 r INFORMATION This document contains belle peste on If i LeS O rae ee es inch fwd party recente lor just avid parties NO CABLES ARE DISPLAYED FOR DRAWING CLARITY paris a ee Ben aig eal DESCRIPTION SCALE SIZE A 0 375 B ASY ARMS TRONG CARDPATH ENGINEERING USE ONLY PROJECT ASSY PART NUMBER ITEM NUMBER DRAWING FILE ENGINEERING MODEL NAME MODEL TYPE ASSY DWG D910006 p9I0006 ASSEM ARMSTRONG D9IQ006 DIOUG 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IO I 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J IO I 2 f FARGO PART NUMBER COLOR SCHEME ITEM QTY TEM NUMBER TYPE DESCRIPTION G D910323 Ol BLACK SILVER D9IOOOT XX ASSEMBLY
124. O R E O na OK Cancel Default _ _Detauit HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 Fargo Electronics Inc 7 39 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Quality Color Matching dropdown Step Procedure 1 Select None a if interested in print speed rather than print color b if color correcting the image for printing has already been done or c if using third party color matching software OR Select System Color Management to allow the Printer Driver to make color corrections similar to the Algebraic option but through a more complex color matching algorithm Note This option shifts colors more radically so the colors in the image will more closely match how they appear on screen amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Image Quality Color Matching System Color Management z PN System Color Management Optimized for Graphics z HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 40 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Quality Color Matching dropdown continued Step Procedure 2 Control the overall darkness and lightness of the dye sub printed image by adjusting the Dye Sub Intensity slide by clicking and dragging the slide s box e Move the slide to the left to cause less heat to be
125. ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Inhibit Panel with an Application continued Step Procedure 7 Print the card from within the application Note In this case use File gt Print If the i text object is printed on the card see Troubleshooting the Inhibit Panel 8 This completes the procedure amp Print General Select Printer E HDPii Card Printer Copy 1 C PDFCreator I HDPii Card Printer Ss prtEngrHPSK on Fargofs01 a Microsoft XPS Document Writer K gt Status Ready C Print to file Location Comment Find Printer Page Range All Number of copies 1 O Pages 1 65535 te a a Enter either a single page number or a single GH page range For example 5 12 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Test Print The printer has a test print file which can be sent to the printer to verify the Inhibit Panel functionality This test image uses a pre formatted inhibit area and will not test a user defined inhibit bitmap To use this test of the inhibit panel perform these steps Step Procedure 1 Bring up the Printer Preferences dialog via Start gt Settings gt Printers and Faxes Right click on the HDPII printer instance then left click on Printer Preferences to select the Card tab 2 Click on the Test Print button amp HDPii Ca
126. OOOISI PART SCREW M3X5 TPH ZP TAPTITE 4 2 FOOOI92 PART SCREW M3X6 TPH ZP TAPTITE 42 2 FOOO35 PART CABLE TIE TWIST LOCK 43 F000445 PART COND GASKET 375H X 500W X 1 00L G REV CHANGE TO D840667 CI6325 O5 JAN O9 TGG PGU F REV CHANGE TO D920146 CI5869 25 Jul 08 PGU PGU E REPLACES 2X FOOOI7 WITH FOOOI69 CI5762 I7 JUNE O8 JAR JAR B D THIS REV WAS NOT RELEASED ese eee os VER REV RECORD ECO DATE ENG DRF DRAWN BY DATE car 07 Apr 06 a o SONPDENTAL AND PROPRETARY CRT TTTS Ef i R O a gs tint rey inch disseminated or disclosed to unintended ee Part of HID Global Yh ea es ae permission from Fargo Electronics Inc DESCRIPTION SCALE SIZE A 0 300 B ASY FLIPPER MECHI 2 wT ene We E OE mere CABLES ARE NOT DISPLAYED IN DWG assy pwo E leila p910293 p910293 ASSEM D9I0293 D9I10293 5 3 4 6 T 8 9 IO 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IO Il 2 FARGO RELEASED NOT PRODUCTION VALID W O STAMP ABOVE f va ese 5 l Ao a i PART F000445 PLACEME SCALE 0 750 BE eS ee PART NUMBER 810253 PLACEMENT SCALE 0 750 G SEE PAGE NZA VER REV RECORD ECO CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY
127. PAR RETAINING RING EXT C 25 IN SHFT G 2 2 140062 PAR RETAINING RING EXT E 250 IN SHFT 3 140063 PART RETAINING RING EXT E I88 IN SHFT 4 I5007I PART SPRING COMP I20 X 375 X 0l14 NOT PRODUCTION VALID W O STAMP ABOVE 5 760343 PAR BEARING DRIVE ROLLER L 6 760363 PAR BEARING CAM SHAFT T 810253 PART BRUSH STATIC DISSIPATIVE 8 A000445 PART ASY PCB MAG INTF ARMSTRONG 9 860280 PAR GEAR 72X36 TOOTH MOLDED o 2 D900098 ASSEMBLY ROLLER PINCH C4i F I 910062 ASSEMBLY ASY D9I0I02 W GEAR Brose amit 2 910063 ASSEMBLY ASY D9IOIOO W GEAR SCALE 0 500 3 D9I0064 ASSEMBLY ASY ROLLER CLEANING W GEAR 4 D9I10065 ASSEMBLY ASY D9IOIO3 W GEAR 5 D9IOO 73 ASSEMBLY ASY MTR DRIVETRAIN STEPPE 6 DSIO0 74 ASSEMBLY ASY MTR CARD FEED 7 D9IOIOI PART ROLLER PLATE 8 B9IOIOT PART ROLLER CLEANING IDLER 7 D00 PART GEAR IDLER 56 TOOTH SNAP IN E 20 D9 IOII2 PAR GEAR 72X56 TOOTH 2l D9I0I2l PART ROLLER INPUT IDLER 22 D910155 PART BRACKET CARD PUSHER 23 D9IOI56 PART CARD PUSHER 24 D910158 PART BRACKET CARD CARTRIDGE SNAP 25 D9IOI6O PAR FRAME CARD PATH FRONT 26 D9 IOIGI PART FRAME CARD PATH BACK 2T D910212 ASSEMBLY ASY CBL FAN 28 DSIO22 PART SPRING PINCH ROLLER D 29 D910227 PART PIN COMBO GEAR 30 D910295 PART ROLLER CARD IDLER 3I FOOOIIT PAR TAPE 2 SIDED FOAM ADHESIV 32 3 FOOOITO PART SCREW M3X6_TPH_ZP_SEM 35 5 FOOOI78 PART SCREW 4 20X 375_TPH_ZP_PLAS 34 2 FO00338 PART SPRING COMP 250 X 1 000 X 040 39 FOOO408 PART BA PLU
128. Parts List for HDPii Series Recommended Spare Parts List Effective Date To be added at a later date For current pricing see http Awww fargopartner com support_services HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 15 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Section 16 HDPIl Parts Replacement The purpose of this section is to provide the User with specific replacement procedures for the Card Printer Please see the next page to review standard precautions to take while performing these replacement procedures Step Procedure CA Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform the procedures in this section 2 Be sure to reverse the disassembly steps to reassemble the Card Printer 3 NOTE Print out the Advanced Setting Card for future reference If the main board or the printhead is replaced these numbers will need to be added back into the Advanced Settings Options within the driver From the front display select OPTIONS to MENU to TESTS Print out the Printer Setting keep for future use HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Safety Messages review carefully Symbol Critical Instructions for Safety purposes Danger A Failure to follow these installation guidelines can result in death or se
129. Pii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 10 39 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Section 11 Fargo Workbench Printer Utility Using the Inhibit Panel HDPii The Inhibit Panel I designation under YMCKI allows definition of areas on the surface of the card that will prevent the transfer of film to the card surface e When Active This feature is active when using the Ribbons I designation under YMCKI e Two Approaches You can either use the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility or an approved application to access and work with the Inhibit Panel Using Inhibit Panel via the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility You can use the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility to generate an Inhibit Panel Layout Note This utility allows the operator to add a rectangular area s defining which areas are to be inhibited e Inhibit Panel Placement Each print job generated from that individual client workstation will generate the instructions within the print job that place the corresponding area s on the I panel e Operating Systems This method works on all applications generating print jobs to the HDPii under all operating systems Note This is regardless of whether the printer being used is a shared instance from another workstation or an instance local to that particular workstation To create an inhibit area using the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility see Using the Inhibit Panel Layout Applet in the help file
130. Pii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the LCD Error Message Table continued LCD Error Message Ribbon Miscue PC Error Message No 97 Ribbon Out PC Error Message No 91 100 and 101 Ribbon Tension PC Error Message No 98 Ribbon Wrong Material PC Error Message No 93 122 and 172 System Fault PC Error Message No 164 The Ribbon is not able to find the next panel correctly Check for jams breaks The print Ribbon has run out The Ribbon tensions may be out of range The print Ribbon is not installed properly or has been damaged Unspecified system error is detected by the Printer Firmware If jammed clear the jam If broken repair by taping the Ribbon back on to the take up core Press Resume to continue or Cancel to abort Install a new Ribbon and press Resume to continue Check and adjust the setting through the TOOLBOX under the Advanced Settings tab If this problem persists call for technical assistance Press Resume to continue or cancel to abort Verify the correct Ribbon is installed in the Ribbon Cartridge Reset the Printer and try again If this problem persists call for technical assistance HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the LCD Error Message
131. Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Supplies Ribbon Type YMCKH Full Color Resin Black Heat Seal x Film Type HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 25 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Detecting Supplies at Print Time Function continued Step Procedure 4 When the Supplies checkbox is not checked or it is de selected cleared from a selected state the Ribbon and Film dropdown boxes become active and auto selected Ribbon and Film types remain until manually changed amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Supplies F Automatically detect the installed Ribbon and Film for every print job Ribbon Type YMCKH Full ColorResin Black Heat Seal hd Film Type Clear v Dual Sided V Print Both Sides ia Print Back Image on Front of Card Print Back Side Only Options Rotate Front 180 Degrees Rotate Back 180 Degrees Disable Printing HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 26 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Ribbon Type Use the Ribbon Type dropdown menu to match Ribbon type Note The Inhibit or I designation under YMCKI indicates the ability to prevent the transfer of film to the card
132. R DRAWING FILE ENGINEERING MODEL NAME MODEL TYPE 2 0910244 p910244 ASSEM ASSY DWG D910244 D910244 D 3 4 5 8 9 IO 2 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 IO Ii I2 FARGO ITEM QTY ITEM NUMBER TYPE DESCRIPTION 3 130878 PART CLAMP CBL MWSEB 3 0IA RT G 2 140010 PART RETAINING RING EXT E 3I13 IN SHFT 3 2 140040 PART WASHER 3MM FLAT 4 3 140062 PAR RETAINING RING EXT E 250 IN SHFT NOT PRODUCTION VALID W Q STAMP ABOVE 5 140063 PAR RETAIN
133. RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Transfer Dwell Time and Temperature continued Step Procedure 2 Transfer Temperature Sets temperature for InTM transfer in Celsius Lower limit 150 0 Celsius Upper limit 190 0 Celsius e UltraCard lli Composite Default 175 0 seconds per inch e UltraCard PVC Default 175 0 Celsius e Custom Default 175 0 Celsius amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Card Size CR 80 E inches C mm Print Width 2 204 Print Lenath 3 452 Card Type HID 1431 41L PC Fargo UltraCard Ill Fargo UltraCard HID iClass 2KBL P C Indala xT T1 PET ON HID iClass 16K CHC PET HID iClass 16K CH PET HID Prox 0005K PVC HID Prox 0005D PVC Diagnostics Test Print ToolBox HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 56 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Transfer Dwell Time and Temperature continued amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Image Position Vertical 0 g Horizontal 0 EY 4 Direction Card Travels through Printer MERAAINNINNNI Ra Transfer Dwell Time 2 0 seconds per inch m Transfer Temperature 175 0 Celsius ooo D
134. RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Configuration tab Step Procedure Select the Configuration tab e Under Printer Features select features by clicking on a check box or by clicking on the Auto Select button See instructions provided under that heading e Under Event Monitoring select events to be monitored Note The Driver will notify or prompt the User when the selected events occur e Under Set Language for Printer LCD Display select a language HDPii Card Printer Calibrate Film Calibrate Ribbon Clean Printer Advanced Settings Optional Printer Features Automatically detect features that are installed in your printer O Dual Sided C Laminator O Magnetic Encoder Event Monitoring From the list select events to be monitored The driver will notify or prompt the user when the selected events occur Low Supplies Ribbon Film Laminate Clean Printer Error Status Set Language for Printer LCD Display OK Cancel Help ok HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Configuration Tab Using the Optional Printer Features Group Box The Default setting is checked e f checked upon Configuration tab activation the Driver retrieves the installed Printer features information from the Firmware and automatically checks the appropriate check boxes for Dual Sided and Magnetic Encoder
135. Rev 1 0 3 30 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Printing a Test Print Image Step Procedure 1 Install a YMCK YMCKI or YMCKK Ribbon in the Printer for the Test Print 2 Open the Driver settings a From your computer s startup menu select Settings gt Printers and Faxes Windows XP or gt Printers Windows 2000 b Double click on the Card Printer under the Printer s window c Select Printing Preferences under the Printer drop down menu Note This will bring up the Printing Preferences window 3 a Select the Card tab and then click on the Test Print button as shown in Display A on the next page b When the Test Print button is selected an image is copied to the Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3 31 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Printing a Test Print Image continued Step Procedure 4 This completes the High Definition Card Printer Encoder Installation Guide amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Card Size CR 80 Xi inches mm Print Width 2 204 al Print Lenath 3 452 ob Card Type Fargo UltraCard Ill Orientation Portrait C Landscape Copies i Diagnostics ern About ToolBox HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3
136. Ribbon Film and Card Cartridges 3 Open the Cover D910131 01 Flex the Front Cover Assembly D910131 01 from the center bottom to release the two 2 side pins from the Frame 4 Reverse the instructions to re assemble HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 4 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Back Cover Assembly D910132 01 Tools needed 10 Torx and small flathead screwdrivers using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 2 minutes Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure A Caution Power off the Printer by unplugging the power cord from the Printer 2 Remove the Ribbon Film and Card Cartridges 3 Remove the screw at the base of the Back Cover Assembly D910132 01 Use a small screwdriver to pry the center tab slot to release the Cover Bend out and down to remove from the lower tab slots 4 Reverse the instructions to re assemble Note First insert the tabs located at the bottom edge of the Cover HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 5 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Input Side Cover D910133 01 Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 2 minutes Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized
137. Roller and Card Feed Rollers Perform this procedure approximately every 1 000 prints to maintain a consistent print quality Note The Card Feed Rollers move the card throughout the print process Rollers should be kept clean to prevent card jams and card contamination This cleaning process will ultimately lead to better print quality and extended Printhead life Step Procedure 1 From the Driver click on the Toolbox button to bring up the Clean Printer tab 2 Follow the instructions from the CLEAN PRINTER tab on the Driver See Display A below Note If your Printer is equipped with a Magnetic Encoder you must insert the Cleaning Card with the printed side up and with a small Liner Strip towards the front of the Printer See Display B below 3 After the cleaning process is completed the Cleaning Card will exit the Printer at the Input Hopper 4 Replace the printing supplies and close the Print Stations after the Rollers are clean and completely dry HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 10 32 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Cleaning the Printer Platen Roller and Card Feed Rollers continued Display A Clean Printer window HDPii Card Printer Configuration Calibrate Film Calibrate Ribbgh Clean Printer dvanced Settings 1 Remove Card Film and Laminate cartridges and close the covers 2 Remove the paper backing from both sides of the Cl
138. SISIE Spig Z egre Eg y ojo Segeee XO gt ecESeran are wo lt geagi 22 O allo 8 3 borg gee lt Ww S 2 i lil g g3 ea QO 5al k OJE Ery oe T alal Slr s eagegsgu E sI NJQ anne Base ss L le m T N ola Q 2 wneay H Q aT Zuno u a 2 Al w O a z 2E evar gt z L E A re Is croSaE amp JAE B Bls azet OB gt fe or A a D 3 O ERB epe lt j ojll Elasa O o Geeteegus i gt lo lx lalx Os 0 soR 4 H S 2 S 82 2 83 os E gt IEJ ZIS ZINI L 5ENE S lt x 1 WN E O O20F08 60 wo n gt se z T O a z l loj gt j yY lad Lu Oe lt q u fi oO ND G i 1 1 rI aal aI J MWyrx u ul x atl ele 8 a Wn nN HN HOI elol gt QO at at at at n n gt D ae a a Repel LN y 3 2 WW OD D Ol Byefele Fairy amp a q Q X j x an _ LE alalala a T NN eA Q Wla a gt O Z ala a Sa ee alala 7 a ye IIe Al Ing VA Z OU b 5 jad e amp lt n INIAN E 3 5 Q x Say Y a ae Ig INE RE NE 2 NWN Ny f N p rA Mem 8 S S 5 5 5 3 PE wa i OIlS AVE Ex Ass g ajoj lojojlol WV ENS a RK Bl Q2l Bl RlO o o eA 7 y WAIS 6ff Sy HL oe D a OQ Qa O Q u u u CO gt d W YV 5 z KOK a E lo a G CO E a O 2 CD uy l lv aie ia alalo at lt 6 s OK rie ef 5 a x o 2 gt lt V z9 PI g Ys CO a O lt T iO ee i p amp w Z TR YV LG A ON J
139. Server is integrated into the main print Firmware on the Printer there is not a separate Firmware upgrade for the Printer Server Note Therefore the upgrades are done with the main Printer Firmware What is the default User name and password for the Printer The default passwords are blank e g an empty string The default Users are as follows root as the administrative User and guest as a non administrative User The supports two 2 Users Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 69 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing Frequently asked Questions continued Question Answer What if lose the password for my Printer or it is not accepted The has a menu selection that allows the User names and passwords to revert to default Options gt Menu gt Network Settings gt Reset Passwords What do do if the IP address of my Printer is being changed by my network Follow this procedure 1 Contact your network administrator Ask that your current IP address be reserved or ask that they provide a specific IP address that you can use to configure the Ethernet interface OR 2 Choose an IP address that you know will not be used by any other PC server or network device Use those settings to configure your Printer with static network settings Caution Do not do this unless you know that these s
140. Settingsv Home Network Print Path System Log Administration Help Media TCP IP Printer Q Device Settings Status idle Device online Print Jobs Active Queued NOTE This page refreshes every minute Internet HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 28 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the System Log page The System Log page displays the current system log settings and allows the User to change the settings Note These settings configure how system logging occurs There are two logs E Fargo HDPii S N A7160166 System Log Microsoft Internet Explorer AHR gt File Edt Yiew Favorites Tools Help Q Back amp J x a CA P Search Ie Favorites B A Ss L Address http 10 244 69 101 logpathConf html 0 Eo iin amp Google G E og Ef YZ Bookmarkse 1 blocked gt Settingsv Home Network Print Path Status Administration Help System Log Log Name log C Print Job Started C Printer Error None ee userid domain com Log Destination UDP Syslog es 192 168 0 1 or domain name Log Type OTCP Connection Clear Changes Port 4010 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 29 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Changing the Log Name By default the names are log1 and log2 However you can r
141. TRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Telnet Command Table continued Telnet Command Command Purpose Command Format store net addr Store a new IP address store net addr lt ADDRESS gt mask Store a new address mask store net mask lt MASK gt gateway Store a new default gateway store net gateway lt ADDRESS gt dns Store a new DNS server address store net dns lt ADDRESS gt domain Store a new DNS domain suffix store net domain lt STRING gt opts Enable or disable automatic address assignment using DHCP Static non automatic addresses will come from the stored or default settings depending on the other settings To enable automatic address assignment store net opts dhcp To disable automatic address assignment store net opts dhcp from Restore the network settings from either the default settings or the current settings store net from default current ifc mode Specify the Ethernet interface mode as automatic full or half duplex 10 or 100 mHz NOTE 100 mHZ is not supported by the Printer store ifc mode auto 1Ohalf 1Ofull 1 00half 1 OOfull from Set the Ethernet mode settings from the default or current settings store ifc from default current HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 11 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo
142. TrueType black text and TrueType barcodes 7 81 UL 2 5 UltraCard IIs Glossy PVC 7 5 UltraCard IIs Glossy PVC H Panel Ribbon 74 UltraCard IIIs Glossy PVC non H Panel Ribbon 7 4 Undefined Area s K Panel Resin tab 7 86 Undefined Area s option 7 86 Update 17 107 Upper Roller D910064 and Lower Roller D910107 16 24 16 61 UPS Un interruptible Power Supply 17 108 USB Universal Serial Bus 17 108 USB Ethernet Board Assembly A000441 16 16 Vertical adjustment 7 54 Vertical Horizontal adjustment arrows 7 53 Virtual Memory 17 108 WordPad 5 31 Wrinkle 17 108 X Y boxes 7 89 Yellow Y Magenta M Cyan C Ribbon Panels 7 91 Yellow Magenta and Cyan 7 41 7 42 YMC 7 27 17 108 MC YMCK or YMCKK Print Ribbon 7 21 MCI 2 13 MCK 7 27 17 108 MCK or YMCKK Print Ribbon 7 44 MCK YMCKK Print Ribbons 7 32 MCKH 7 27 17 108 MCKH Panel Ribbon 7 2 MCKH Ribbon 7 7 MCKI 7 27 17 2 MCKIKI 7 27 MCKK 7 27 17 108 MCKO 17 108 MCKOK 17 108 lt lt lt lt lt lt lt KK lt lt lt HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 18 5 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Appendix Engineering Drawings HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 18 1
143. User Guide Rev 1 1 6 39 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Specifying TCP Event logging Fargo Electronics Inc Follow this procedure to send logging messages to a pre existing IP connection made on the TCP port Step Procedure 1 Select the System Log link 2 Select the link for the log name you want to view or configure the default choices are log1 or log2 3 Select the TCP Connection radio button Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 40 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Specifying TCP Event logging Step Procedure 4 Select Submit 5 Login as a root User if you are so prompted Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in Address http 10 244 69 101 flagpathConf html 0 yao iins Google G v v Goo ER YY Bookmarksy Bit blocked gt gt Settinasw Home Network Print Path Status System Log Adiinisration Help System Log Log Name log1 C Print Job Started Log Type C Printer Error ONone O Email nay e g userid domain com Log Destination O UDP Syslog e g 192 168 0 1 or domain name TCP l Port 4010 Connection Clear Changes HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 41 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Specifying TCP Event logging
144. VALID W O STAMP ABOVE 4 DSIOZIS XX ASSEMBLY ASY FLIPPER COVERS 5 D9IOZI8 ASSEMBLY LOCK ROD ASSEMBLY fe 6 2 FOO0462 PART SCREW M3X 5X6 TPH ZP LOCK SEM 7 000837 PART LBL Made in China 85 x 25 F 2 0 9 AK e 2 3 i p E i Sl O po m J o o D l U 1 4 G A LOOO837 PLACEMENT a f G CHANGED REV ON LOW EVEL ASSEMBLY CI6325 O5 JAN 09 TGG PGU h N F CHANGED REV ON LOW EVEL ASSEMBLY CI5762 I7 JUNE O8 JAR JAR E CHANGED REV ON LOW EVEL ASSEMBLY CI5689 2I MAY 08 JAR JAR xDOIO289 amp D9IO3I8S NOT SHOWN IN DRAWING D F000462 WAS FOOOI69 CI5602 OI APR O8 KAB MJL THIS REV WAS NOT RELEASED Saa ea a 3 VER REV RECORD ECO DATE APPR DRAWN BY DATE CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY 7 _ 7 CAR 13 Sep O7 INFORMATION This document contains I ATERIAL AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS MUST COMPLY WITH FARGO DIM UNITS confidential and proprietary information o n a O RO Eae z Part of HID Global third party recipients or just third parties 3 ALL ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS OR COMPONENT Suey ton Phas eoa ie ASSEMBLIES MUST BE MARKED WITH THE MANUFACTURERS NAME OR TRADE _ ARK AND THE MANUFACTURERS TYPE CODE OR PART NUMBER THIS SHE _ DESCRIPTION INCLUDES MOTORS FANS SOLENOIDS CIRCUIT BOARDS ETC ASY FINAI LIPPER 4 SUPPLIER CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE IS REQUIRED WITH EACH SHIPMENT 0 300 B LIA ENGINEERING USE ONLY PROJECT ASSY PART NUMBER ITEM NUMBE
145. Wisconsin 53201 3005 e The ASQ ISO 9000 2000 Handbook editors Charles A Cianfrani Joseph J Tsiakals and John E West Second Edition published by the American Society of Quality Quality Press 625 N Plankinton Avenue Milwaukee Wisconsin 53203 e Juran s Quality Handbook editors Joseph M Juran and A Blanton Godfrey Fifth Edition McGraw Hill Any questions regarding changes corrections updates or enhancements to this document should be forwarded to Fargo Electronics Incorporated Support Services 6533 Flying Cloud Drive Eden Prairie MN 55344 USA 952 946 0050 FAX 952 946 8492 www fargo com HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 ii RESTRICTED USE ONLY Table of Contents Fargo Electronics Inc Section 1 Printer Overview 1 1 How to use the guide 1 1 Safety Messages review carefully 1 2 Process Flow in table format 1 3 Reviewing the Boot up Sequence 1 3 Reviewing the Sequence of Operations 1 4 Section 2 Specifications 2 1 Safety Messages review carefully 2 1 Introduction 2 2 Reviewing the Printer Overview table 2 2 Reviewing the Package 2 3 Regulatory Compliances 2 5 Agency Listings 2 5 FCC Rules 2 6 Environmental Protection China RoHS 2 6 Technical Specifications 2 7 Functional Specifications 2 16 Printer
146. Y Fargo Electronics Inc Installing the USB Ethernet Board Assembly A000441 continued Display A See Procedural Step 4 in this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 17 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Installing the USB Ethernet Board Assembly A000441 Display B See Procedural Step 5 in this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 18 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the RFID Board Assembly A000365 Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 20 minutes Preparation Remove all Covers Remove Printer from base to access this part Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure A Caution Power off the Printer by unplugging the power cord from the Printer 2 Remove the appropriate Supply Motor See instructions above 3 The complete Printer body must be removed from the Baseplate to allow clearance to remove the RFID Board Remove the two 2 screws from the Front of the Printer body Turn the Printer on its front and remove the three 3 Torx screws from the bottom center of the Printer base Life Printer body from base See Display A within this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 19 RESTRICTED US
147. aced at the same time if one Sensor is damaged Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 1 Disconnect the wire bundle from the J3 connection 4 Unwind the wire bundle to reach the Sensors 2 Remove all the Covers See HDPII Output Module Cover Removal Procedures Unclip the wires from the holder Mounts 5 Remove the two 2 screws that hold each Sensor to the Frame Observe where each Sensor goes Note Each wire is labeled for placement 7 Replace the Sensor bundle zz Reverse the instructions to re assemble HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 82 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Output Module Motor D900523 Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 15 minutes Preparation Remove the Covers Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Procedure VAN Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer Remove all the Covers See the previous instructions Remove three 3 screws from the Motor to the Frame Replace the Motor Connect the cable to Motor top Reverse the instructions to re assemble Disconnect the cable D900251 from the top of the Stepper Motor HDPii High Definition Card Pr
148. al full word commands and the Printer will respond with additional help For example you can enter list and the Printer will respond with all subcommands to the list command Telnet Command Command Purpose Command Format Display help for Telnet commands help Reset the Ethernet interface reset reset for the Printer encoder Send a ping command to ping lt IPADDR gt ping another IP address as a test of the Ethernet interface HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 6 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Telnet Command Table continued Telnet Command Command Purpose Command Format list all Display all information about this list all Printer diff Display all differences between list diff current and stored network settings uptime Display how long since the list uptime interface was last reset sysinfo Display information about the list sysinfo Printer e g model label contact location Firmware version and date and serial number ribbon Display information about the list ribbon installed Ribbon in the Printer net Display information about the list net current network settings of the Ethernet interface stored net Display information about the list stored net stored network settings of the Ethernet interface default net Display information about the list default net default networ
149. arcodes 7 90 Printer 2 19 Printer Cleaning Kit 10 32 10 36 Printer Components 2 17 Printer Driver setup 7 55 Printhead 2 17 17 103 Printhead Assembly Kit 086091 16 64 16 65 16 66 16 67 Printhead cleaning 10 36 Printhead Cleaning Pen 10 36 Fargo Electronics Inc Printing Method 2 13 Proper Settings 7 3 Proximity cards 2 21 PVC 17 103 Queue 17 103 RAM Random Access Memory 17 103 Rasterize 17 103 Reboot 17 103 recorded magnetic data 7 66 Registration 17 103 Regulatory Compliances 2 5 Removing the Baseplate 16 12 Replacing the Card Cleaning Tape 10 37 Resin 17 103 resin black K Panel 7 85 7 86 7 87 Resin Black panel 2 20 resin dither 7 44 Resin Heat slide 7 42 resin images 7 42 Resin Thermal Transfer 2 17 Resolution 17 104 RFI Radio Frequency Interference 17 104 RFID Radio Frequency Identification 17 104 RFID Board Assembly A000365 16 19 16 21 RGB 5 37 RGB Red Green Blue 17 104 Ribbon 17 104 Ribbon Cards 1 2 Ribbon cable 17 104 Ribbon Panels 7 32 Ribbon type 7 24 7 25 7 26 7 27 7 29 Ribbon Cards 7 1 10 30 Right Cards 7 2 Right Cards Print Process 7 2 RMA number 17 104 Roller 17 104 rotate front by 180 Degrees 7 36 rotates image 7 36 RS 232 17 104 safety issues 1 2 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 7 1 10 30 16 2 Safety Standards 2 5 Saturation 17 105 Scroll controls K Panel 7 82 second K Panel 7 32 Self test
150. ard Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 44 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Using the Advanced Image Color window Fargo Electronics Inc Step Procedure Color window See below 1 Click on the Advanced Settings button to bring up the Advanced Image amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding SEE Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Image Quality Color Matching System Color Management Resin Dither Optimized for Graphics v Heat Dye Sub Intensity MMC Recssersencsensnscescensensscsnsesscensenssnssacensceseensosssecsncensensensenes Resin Heat Front K Resin Heat Back K I i i I Default Advanced Settings HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 45 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Advanced Image Color window continued Step Procedure 2 For the Image Quality slider bar controls see below Click OK to accept any variance from the default for this specific slider bar and return to the Image Color tab window Click Cancel to negate any variance on the slide and return to the Image Color tab window Click on the Default button to clear changes back to the default settings for this window only In addition here are further instructions Sharpness Default 0 Move the slide to the left for or less sharpness Move the slide to th
151. arkup Language 17 97 HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol 17 97 Humidity 2 11 IC Integrated Circuit 17 97 IC smart cards proximity cards 7 2 ID Identification 17 97 ID format 7 31 ID software applications 7 77 IEEE 1284 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 1284 17 98 Image 17 98 Image color tab 7 43 Image orientation 7 53 Image Position controls 7 53 Image Transfer tab 7 15 Inhibit panel 2 20 Input 17 98 Input Hopper 17 98 Input Hopper Card Capacity 2 11 Input Side Cover D910133 01 16 6 Interface 2 11 Intermediate Transfer Media InTM 17 98 IPC 7 7 ISO 17 98 ISO 7811 2 Magnetic Stripe 7 76 ISO encoded data format 7 68 ISO Track Locations 7 76 JIS C 6220 Type II cards 7 61 JIS II Japanese Industrial Standard 17 98 K Panel 17 98 K Panel Resin options 7 90 K Panel Resin tab 7 84 7 85 Lamination 17 98 Lamination Mechanism D910054 16 57 Lamination Mechanism D910054 and Lam Cam Motor D910072 16 59 Lamination Mechanism D910054 and Lam Cam Sensor D910216 16 60 LAN Local Area Network 17 99 Fargo Electronics Inc Landscape 17 99 LCD Liquid Crystal Display 17 99 LCD and Softkey Control Pad 2 18 2 19 LCD Board Assembly A000440 16 14 LCD Display 2 17 2 18 LED Light Emitting Diode 17 99 less heat 7 42 less saturated resin images 7 42 LoCo Low Coercivity 17 99 Low Coercivity 7 65 lower transfer tempera
152. associated with the application Continued on next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 11 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using Inhibit Panel via the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility Step Procedure 1 Create the Inhibit Panel Layout within the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility Fargo Workbench Printer Utility File Actions Help Utilities A Run Tests ch t Printer Information Print Spooler Caa Print Viewer mn 5 Inhibit Panel Layout ef Rewritable Card Eraser y Technology Cards Print Security l Inhibit Panel Layout Front Back Enable Back Inhibit Panel Drawing Tools Inhibit Panel Design Template Rectangle 4 Direction Card Travels Through Printer HDPii Card Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using Inhibit Panel via the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility Step Procedure 2 Save the file untitled Paint File Edit View Image Colors Help Fargo Workbench Printer Utility Inhibit Panel Layout 3 a 7 Enable Back Inhibit Panel ai Drawing Tools Inhibit Panel Design Template Printer Information B Rectangle Print Spooler Ca Print Viewer i Inhibit Panel Layout rai Direction Card Travels Through Printer
153. assword in the Root Password Old textbox or leave it blank if no password has been previously set 4 Enter the new password in the Root Password New textbox or leave it blank if you want to remove the old password 5 Re enter the new password in the Root Password Confirm textbox or leave it blank if you want to remove the old password 6 Select the Submit button 7 Log in as a root User using the password if you are so prompted Note Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 45 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Using the Reboot pages Rebooting the restarts the complete Printer which includes the Print Server Rebooting the Printer The Reboot page allows the User to reboot or reset the Printer and or enter the upgrade Fargo Electronics Inc mode Step Procedure 1 Select the Administration link 2 Log in as a root User using the password if you are so prompted Note Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in 3 Select the Reboot link Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 46 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Rebooting the Printer Step Procedure 4 Select the Reboot button 5 Click Yes when prompted 6 Wait for the Printer to reboot and display the home page See
154. ature and Dwell Time will work best when printing cards other than UltraCard Ill Note The optimal transfer settings may vary from card type to card type A Caution Inadequate time and temperature could produce cards that are more vulnerable to accelerated wear and dye migration Use sufficient time and temperature to transfer Film to the card to ensure a long lasting durable card Step Procedure 1 Test the adhesion quality of the Film to the card by printing sample cards and completing an adhesive tape test Note The Institute for Interconnecting and Packaging Electronic Circuits IPC outlines a pressure sensitive tape test that evaluates adhesion quality Refer to their IPC TM 650 3 7 1D test Guide Section 3 7 Number 1 2 Select the UltraCard IIls Glossy PVC if the card is glossy and print a test card 3 a Apply a strip of 2 12mm wide Scotch type clear adhesive tape Such as 3M brand 600 at least 2 50mm long firmly across the surface of the card pressing out all air bubbles with a fingertip b Remove the tape by smoothly and rapidly approximately 2 inches second 50mm sec pulling it up at a perpendicular 90 degree angle to the card Note The IPC recommends a minimum of three tests for each card type evaluation Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 5 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Conducting the Tape adhesion Test continued S
155. aw Microsoft Word and Microsoft WordPad Examples of applications which do not support the use of TextOut commands are Notepad and Paint Consult the documentation of the application to determine if it supports the TextOut command e The data required from the application to support the Inhibit Panel feature is a i command within the print job itself Note To form the command the i is followed by the file name of a bitmap file There must be no space between the i and the file name no quotation marks are required e An example of an acceptable field is iC Test inhibit omp The specified bitmap file is merged with the rest of the data within the print job at the time the print job is processed by the Windows printing system HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 11 14 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Background Information Windows Printing System Rendering is the conversion of the print job data from the application software into the various color panels that the printer can understand e The rendering component of the Windows printing system looks for the inhibit bitmap file within the i command to combine its information into the data that goes to the printer e To describe where the inhibit bitmap file must be placed the user needs to understand the environment of the printer instance to which they are printing e The environment of the prin
156. b back away from the Sensor You would need to loosen two 2 tabs See Step 2 in this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 63 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc HDPIl Printhead Assembly Kit 086091 Replacement Guide Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 10 minutes Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel The Printhead will come with the cable harness attached Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 2 Remove the Ribbon Cartridge D910022 3 Remove the Back Cover D910132 01 Remove the screw at the base of the Back Cover Assembly Use a small screwdriver to pry the center tab slot to release the Cover d Bend out and down to remove from the lower tab slots Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 64 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc HDPIl Printhead Replacement Guide continued Step Procedure 4 Remove the Headlift Motor D910052 Remove the one 1 screw that holds the Motor Mount to the Frame as shown below Note The Mount should be flush with the Frame when properly fitted 5 Remove the ground strap of the Printhead 6 Unplug the Printhead cable from the Main Board
157. ble 7 79 Using the Default button Image Transfer tab 7 80 Using the K Panel Resin tab 7 81 Using the Scroll controls 7 82 Using the Click and Drag capability 7 83 Selecting inches or mm radio button 7 83 Using the Add and Delete buttons 7 83 Selecting the Full Card 7 84 Selecting the Defined Area s 7 85 Selecting the Undefined Area s 7 86 Defining the Area to activate the Card Grid 7 87 Measuring the Total Card area 7 88 Measuring the Area to be positioned on the Card 7 89 Selecting the Print YMC under the K and Print K Only options 7 90 Using the Printer Supplies tab 7 92 Reviewing Information on the Supplies tab 7 93 Section 8 Inhibit Panel Usage 8 1 Using the Inhibit Panel HDPIT 8 1 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 vi RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using Inhibit Panel via the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility 8 1 Using Inhibit Panel with an Application 8 4 Generating Text Objects 8 4 Rendering Print Jobs 8 5 Using the Test Print 8 13 Using the Test Print 8 14 Troubleshooting the Inhibit Panel 8 15 Section 9 Toolbox 9 16 Accessing the Toolbox 9 16 Selecting the Configuration tab 9 17 Using the Configuration Tab 9 18 Using the Optional Printer Features Group Box 9 18 Using the Event Monitoring Group Box 9 19 Revie
158. ble below ASCII 48 63 Track 2 See the table below HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 78 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the ASCII Code and Character Table ASCII Code Character ASCII Code Character ASCII Code Character 32 space 56 8 80 P 33 57 9 81 Q 34 58 82 R 35 59 83 S 36 60 lt 84 T 37 61 85 U 38 and 62 gt 86 V 39 f 63 87 Ww 40 64 88 X 41 65 A 89 Y 42 R 66 B 90 Z 43 67 C 91 44 68 D 92 45 69 E 93 46 70 F 94 d 47 71 G 95 48 0 72 H 49 1 73 50 2 74 J 51 3 75 K 52 4 76 L 53 5 77 M 54 6 78 N 55 7 79 O HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 79 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Default button Image Transfer tab Step Procedure 1 Use the Default button to reset defaults for the current Track tab only See below Magnetic Track Options Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 Character Size LRC Generation 7 Bits E Even Parity E ASCII Offset Encoding Mode SPACE v Odd Parity v Bit Density HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 80 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the K Panel Resin tab Use this tab to adjust the Card Size the Direction the Card Travels through the Printer the Print
159. built in Encoding Module e PRINTING Indicates the Printer is printing onto the film e RECIEVING DATA Indicates that the Printer is receiving data from the PC e TRANSFERRING Indicates the Printer is transferring an image to a blank card The Print Status screen always displays Cancel in the lower left and Pause in the lower right The Cancel Use this button to cancel print jobs and reset the Printer for the next button print job Cancel now has two options e Cancel single job in memory e Cancel all jobs in memory This Cancel All function will cancel all print jobs in the Printer and will completely reset the Printer In this case be sure to cancel the print jobs from the PC before pressing YES The Pause Use this button to pause the Printer at any time during operation Note button the Printer will always finish its current task before pausing When the Printer is paused the Pause softkey button will change to Resume Press Resume to continue Printer operation HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components Print Ribbons The Card Printer utilizes both dye sublimation and or resin thermal transfer methods to print images print to film and transfer film to card Since the dye sublimation and the resin thermal transfer print methods each provide their own unique benefits Print Ribbons are available in dye sublimation only and combi
160. ce for measuring temperature using a junction of two wires of dissimilar metals that produce a voltage when heated that varies proportionally with the temperature Thin Film A 0 25 mil thick resin material that enhances card security and durability applied over the printed surface with a hot Roller Available as clear or with embedded holographic type security images Through hole A method of mounting circuit elements with the leads passing through holes in the circuit Board and soldered on the opposite side Timeout An interruption of a print job that occurs when a function is not completed in the time allotted by the operating system TOF Top of Form The leading edge of the card as it travels through the Printer Track The area on a mag stripe designated to contain the magnetic data string Troubleshooting The process of investigating and determining the cause of a problem TrueType TT A font format that produces each character using a mathematical equation rather than a graphical representation resulting in a much sharper cleaner image Update The process of installing a new revision of software or Firmware to implement new changes to the Printer s command codes and procedures Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 17 107 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued T
161. cify email logging 1 Select the System Log link 2 Select the link for the log name you want to view or configure the default choices are log1 or log2 3 Select the Email radio button to choose email log notification Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 36 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Setting up Email Event logging Step Procedure Specify email logging 4 Enter a valid e mail address in the associated textbox 5 Select Submit 6 Login as a root User if you are so prompted Note Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in Address http 10 244 69 101 logpathConf html 0 v Eco iink amp Google G Goo EX YY Bookmarks Bhi blocked gt gt Q Settingsw Home Network Print Path Status system Log Administration Help System Log Log Name log C Print Job Started Log Type CI Printer Error O None userid domain com Log Destination UDP Syslog es 192 168 0 1 or domain name OTCP Port 4010 E Connection Clear Changes HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 37 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Specifying UDP Event logging Follow this procedure to enable logging to a UDP Syslog program Step Procedure 1 Select the System Log link e The messages w
162. ck 2 Inhibit HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 28 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Film Type Step Procedure 1 Allows you to select the film type option that is appropriate for the type of film currently loaded in the Printer e Select the Clear option to automatically adjust the appropriate transfer time and temperature to pre determined defaults Note Select this option to automatically adjust the transfer temperature 175 0 Celsius and the dwell times 2 0 seconds per inch to defaults when non custom card type is chosen on Card tab OR e Select the Holographic option to change appropriate internal Printer settings needed to make the holographic film work Note Select this option to automatically adjust the transfer temperature 175 0 Celsius and the dwell times 2 0 seconds per inch to defaults when non custom card type is chosen on Card tab Note It will also adjust the necessary transfer temperature and the dwell settings in the Driver to provide the optimal holographic InTM performance amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Supplies F Automatically detect the installed Ribbon and Film for every print job Ribbon Type YMCKH Full Color Resin Black Heat Seal z b Holographic me larum HDPii High Definiti
163. continued Step Procedure 6 Use a host program such as Telnet to receive these TCP logging messages Note Other programs such as HyperTerminal are also used to monitor TCP connections See below e Telnet Client You can use a Telnet client connected to the TCP port logi 4010 log2 4011 rather than the default Telnet port 23 e Telnet Session If there is a Printer at IP address 192 37 23 155 and you have configured log1 for TCP logging then you could initiate a Telnet session from a DOS window of a PC by entering Telnet 192 37 23 155 4010 e Log Messages All system log messages would then be displayed in that Telnet session window Note This is a one way connection for logging only Any input to the Printer on this connection is ignored HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 42 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Using the Administration pages Fargo Electronics Inc The purpose of the Administration pages is to allow the User to upgrade reboot modify passwords and enter User specified system information strings Using the System Information page The System Information page displays the current system information and allows the User to change the system information which appears on the Home page See the Using the Home page for definitions Step Procedure 1 Select the Administration link 2 Select the link for the System web page
164. ct installation of the Flipper Table Module Assembly a Reboot the computer b Ensure that the Print Both Sides option in the Printer Driver is set correctly c Verify the Flipper Table Module Assembly is functioning properly by printing out cards in a test run HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 30 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the Communication Errors continued Step Procedure 4 Determine the problem with printing from the application a Print a self test from the Printer by pressing Options gt Menu gt Select gt Print on the printer s LCD to ensure that the Printer itself is functioning properly See the next procedure b Print the Windows test page that is located in the General tab of the Driver c Use WordPad a Windows 2000 XP word processing program in the Accessories Program Group 1 Go to the File menu and select Page Setup 2 Click on the Printer button and select the Card Printer 3 Click OK and reset all four margins to zero Note The WordPad will automatically replace the values with its minimum margins 4 Open the program and type This is a Test then go to File on the menu bar and select Print 5 Determine whether there is adequate hard Drive space Note A large volume of temporary files on the computer can cause communications errors a Access the temporary files by following this process
165. cters that form a line of data Surface mount A method of mounting circuit elements onto the surface of a circuit Board attached at solder pads rather than through holes in the Board Surge Protector An electronic device placed in serial to the Printer s power supply that prevents damage to the Printer from electronic surges and electrical current that is outside of the normal parameters Switch Box An electromechanical device to which a user can connect several peripheral devices to the Parallel Port simultaneously yet using the selector switch to designate the active port TAC Thermal Acceptance Composite cards Card stock produced by laminating sheets of PVC with sheets of PET for better thermal distortion resistance Ultra Ill cards Temp file A temporary file generated automatically by Windows to store the information for an active document Windows should delete these files when the application is closed Test Print A file stored in or generated through windows that is sent to the Printer to test basic functionality Thermistor An electronic resistor on the Printhead with a resistance value that varies in proportion to the heat to which it is exposed Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 17 106 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Overlaminate Term Definition Thermocouple A devi
166. ction of the Parallel Port set up in the BIOS B Black Black Dye Sublimation panels are distinguished from the black panel using resin by the use of B for Dye Sublimation black K denotes resin black HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 17 89 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Barcodes A series of alternating black and white stripes of varying widths each character denoted by a set number and width of black stripes that allows characters to be optically read by a computer batch print A file sent down from the computer that contains commands to print a number of cards sequentially Battery Back up A power supply that can keep AC electronic equipment running for a short time when power is interrupted allowing enough time for the user to save data and close the machine properly Bi directional A communication standard that allows two way data transfer between PC and Printer BIOS Basic The part of the operating system in a computer that handles Input Output System communication between the PC Board and its peripherals Typically residing in chip based non volatile memory Bit An abbreviation for binary digital Each bit is an element of information that can have two states off and on Bit map A graphic produced by an array of pixel elements wit
167. d Paint it Yiew Image Colors Help For Help click Help Topics on the Help Menu HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Inhibit Panel via Application continued Step Procedure 4 Save the file as a BMP from within Paint lt Local Disk C v Of em i 5 1Fb90fdbe48c0c31887 Driver_Source LM Save 4 58Fcd2a61F6F463727 oTc400 Microplex My Recent Active Bug Information ODTC400e OmMRD Documents B any image screen saver pTcssa B My Installations asi Fargo SDK 2ndoc bin 1 3 1 13 Bluetooth Fc 2020 E Netlogon 30 Flex No Installer Utilities Cardwizard G anu_Tool Password Tool O CWDATA O Good PrintSpooler rc_sc DCS Card Wizard HpP600 Phatbank DELL HpPs5000 pm diab HDPS000FI Port Monitor doc HDP_Cony PrinterFarm 1_0_0_6 My Documents Documents and Settings HDR ii Printers Downloads SIP Tracer Program Files lt j i gt File name sc bmp v My Network Save as type Monochrome Bitmap bmp dib v HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Inhibit Panel via Application continued Step Procedure 5 Add the i command to the application file In this case Microsoft Wordpad was used E Documen
168. d If this problem persists call for technical assistance Select Cancel and then perform the Film calibration procedure Select Cancel and then perform the Ribbon calibration procedure Press Resume or Cancel Clear the jam Clear the jam HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the LCD Error Message Table continued Card Jam Smart PC Error Message No 85 Card Jam Trans PC Error Message No 83 Card Not Found PC Error Message No 69 Check Film PC Error Message No 244 Clean Printer PC Error Message No 71 A card is jammed in the smart card encoding area of the Printer Card became jammed in the Printer during transfer Card cannot be found in the Printer The film is not able to move correctly Check for jams breaks For best Printer performance replace the Cleaning Roller Tape and clean the Printer s Feed Rollers and Printhead at this time Clear the jam Clear the jam Verify card not jammed in Printer and select Cancel Check for obstruction If the problem persists call for technical assistance See Cleaning the Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the LCD Error Message Table continued Cover is Open The Cover was left open PC Error Messa
169. d The component of the Printer that actually does the printing Note This component is fragile and must not be bumped or touched with anything other than a cleaning pen Softkey Buttons Current function is displayed above the button and will change depending upon the Printer s mode of operation Card Cleaning Roller Automatically cleans cards for higher print quality Note Replace this Roller after every 1000 cards or as needed Power Port Connect to the included power supply USB Interface Port Connect to the Windows PC USB cable LAN Connector HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components LCD and Softkey Control Pad The Printer provides a two line thirty two 32 character LCD Display that can communicate helpful information about the Printer s operation The bottom line of the LCD Display will always be used to communicate the current function of the Printer s softkey buttons This section describes how the LCD Display and Softkey Control Pad work together Component Description Softkey The Printer has two softkey buttons that appear below the LCD Buttons Display Their current function is indicated by the words appearing above them This function will change according to the Printer s current mode of operation e Press the corresponding softkey button under the choice you wan
170. der of the on screen instructions to complete installation e When prompted do not have Windows print a test print e This is because you most likely performed a Printer self test while you were setting up the Printer e Once installed the Card Printer icon will appear in the Printer s folder HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 9 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Setting Up the Printer Driver Once the appropriate Printer Driver for the computer has been installed you will need to set the Driver up with the proper print options To open the Printer Driver setup window please refer to the following steps for the specific operating system Setting up Windows 2000 XP 2003 Step Procedure 1 Click the Start button point to Settings and select Printers 2 Click on the icon with the right mouse button Select Printing Preferences if using Windows 2000 XP 2003 e If you would like to permanently save the Printer Driver settings so you will not need to change them again do so through the main Printer Driver setup window described above e Although most applications do allow you to change these same Printer Driver options from their own Print screens the settings may not be permanently saved 3 To change or verify the appropriate Printer Driver options for the print job please refer to the topics describing each of the Printer Driver s tabs
171. detected during Printer start up The film is not able to move correctly Check for jams breaks The film is not able to move correctly Check for jams breaks The film will soon run out The film has run out Remove the large number of rejected cards from the reject bin Click OK to clear the notification message Note In some cases rejected cards are incomplete or pose a security risk and should be disposed of properly Reset the Printer and try again If this problem persists call for technical assistance Check for obstruction If the problem persists call for technical assistance Check for obstruction If the problem persists call for technical assistance If printing a large number of cards replace the Film now or monitor the Printer until the Film is gone and install a new Film Install a new roll of film and press Resume to continue or Cancel to reset HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the LCD Error Message Table continued Film Wrong Material The Film is not installed Verify the correct film is properly or has been installed in the film Cartridge PC Error Message damaged No 173 Flipper Jam A card is jammed in the card Open the Printer s Flipping PC Error Message flipping area of the Printer Module Cover Nos 74 and 199 Clear any cards in the Flipping Module by
172. ding the Mount Frame Allow the Belts to self adjust Then tighten the four 4 screws 9 Reverse the instructions to re assemble Display A 1 See Step 3 in this procedure D910050 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 54 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Print Stepper Motor D910050 and or the Print Stepper Motor Belts F000093 2 used and or the Print Motor Stepper Pulley D840888 cont Display A 2 See Step 3 in this procedure k oa i Pe k pee Mia F000093 2 Install this belt first HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 55 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Print Stepper Motor D910050 and or the Print Stepper Motor Belts F000093 2 used and or the Print Motor Stepper Pulley D840888 cont Display C See Step 7 in this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 56 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Mechanism D910054 Only the motor and Sensor is field replaceable For any other parts please replace complete assembly Preparation Remove all Covers Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 20 minute Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure A Cau
173. dit View Favorites Tools Help X is x E CA x Search TE R te Lud Address a http 10 244 69 101 ftcpipStatus html Me ims Google en v Go wo Ef 2 Bookmarks S 1 blocked gt gt Q Settinas Home Network Path Status Status system Log Administration Help Media TCP IP TP Prine TCP IP Status Q TCP Connections TCP SOCKETS SD PORT PROTOCOL RMT HOST 23 Telnet N a LISTEN 80 HTTP N a LISTEN 4010 SysLog N a LISTEN 4011 SysLog N a LISTEN 4012 SysLog N a LISTEN 9100 RaW N a LISTEN 4020 CMD N a LISTEN 5400 CPSData N a LISTEN 5402 CPSCma N a LISTEN 4 80 HTTP 10 244 68 145 ESTABLISHED H w OJAN BUN UDP SOCKETS SD PORT PROTOCOL RMT HOST QO 9 MDMP N a LISTEN NOTE This page refreshes every minute i http 10 244 69 101 logpathConf html 0 Internet HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 26 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Printer page You can use the Printer page to review current information about the Printer device settings and print jobs Device settings include the following e The status which displays information about the current print job e The device which displays information about the Printer The fields are described below See the next page to view the entire Printer page Field Status Description sta
174. e Print Film Out The Print Film installed in Install new Film and press the the printer is empty Resume button to continue printing To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button or the Cancel button located on the Printer Print Film is not No Print Film is installed in Install the Film and press Resume stalled Ine Primer To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button or the Cancel button located on the Printer Print Film Sensor The Printer cannot find Check that the Print Film is installed Error the next panel on the Print properly and press Resume Film To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button or the Cancel button located on the Printer Wrong Print Film An incorrect Print Film has Ensure that the appropriate Print Installed been installed or a driver Film is installed and press the setting is incorrect Resume button located on the Printer to continue printing To cancel press the Cancel Print button or the Cancel button located on the Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 28 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the Printer Error Message Table Printer Error Cause Message Invalid Print Film The Print Film installed A non SecureMark Film is installed Installed does not match the in a SecureMark Printer SecureMark configuration of the printer Replace with the appropriate SecureMark Film and press the Resum
175. e Also used in reference to the application of preference to items printed on the card those using the black panel in lieu of a process YMC black Lamination The application of a film or resinous substance fused by heat and pressure to the surface of a card HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 17 98 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition LAN Local Area Network An array of several computers connected through a series of data transfer cables for the sharing of data and peripherals Landscape A document layout that is viewed with the document s long axis in a horizontal orientation LCD Liquid Crystal Display A device that contains a liquid crystal between two pieces of polarized film through which reflected or ambient light can pass When a current is applied the liquid s polarity changes and blocks the passage of the light resulting in an opaque area of the display The areas are arrayed to form characters LED Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor that emits light when a current is applied Media A generic reference to anything onto which the Printer can transfer an image including cards Ribbon and film LoCo Low The Coercivity value of magnetic media between 250 600 Oe Coercivity ISO 7811 2 Most Low Coercivity cards are 300 Oe LPT Port
176. e Package Switches A small array of mechanical switches installed on the Board that can be configured to change Printer operations including providing a variety of self tests HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 17 92 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Direct to Card DTC Printing The Direct to Card printing process prints digital images directly onto any plastic card with a smooth clean glossy PVC surface Dither A system of distributing dots to control the hue brightness and or saturation In monochrome printing this controls the brightness In color printing Dithering can supply a larger color gamut than non Dithering In the Driver Dither modes can be selected to provide better image quality depending on the type of image to be printed Dongle A peripheral that attaches to a port to act as a key for an installed application The PC is able to run that application only when the dongle is installed Typically it works as a pass through device and is connected in serial to the parallel cable Dot The smallest unit of an image that the Printer is able to produce The smaller the dot see dot pitch the sharper the image Dot pitch A measurement of image sharpness denoting the width of the dots that makes up a pixel The smaller the pitch the sharper the
177. e Print Server OR e If you do not know the IP address or the Printer does not work with a usable IP address then the MAC Address can be found by two methods These are 1 The MAC address is listed in the data printed on the Printer Settings self test card 2 The Fargo IP Tracer software tool on the driver CD can be used to find the MAC address of the printer Note This can be installed and used to locate all the Fargo compatible Printers on your network Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 67 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing Frequently asked Questions continued Question Answer How can find the IP address of my Ethernet Printer You can find it in the LCD of the Printer if the Ethernet option is functioning properly Select Info then select Next several times until the IP address is shown Can print from my PC to multiple Ethernet Printers Yes Use the Windows Add Printer Wizard to create a new printer instance for the additional printer This may require adding a new Remote TCP IP Card Printer Port configured to communicate to the new printer at the proper IP address See the appropriate Windows documentation for additional help Can multiple PC s print to my Ethernet Printer Yes Each PC must install the Printer Driver software for the specific Fargo Ethernet enabled Pr
178. e button on the Printer to continue printing To cancel press the Cancel Print button or the Cancel button on the Printer Print Film Error The Print Film caused a Ensure that the appropriate Print general error Film is installed and press the Resume button located on the Printer to continue printing To cancel press the Cancel Print button or the Cancel button located on the Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 29 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Communications Errors Resolving the Communication Errors Fargo Electronics Inc Symptom s Incorrect output communications error on PC or Printer stalling no response from Printer no job printed paper out error Step Procedure 1 Confirm that the system meets the minimum requirements as shown here e IBM PC or compatible e Windows 32 bit 2000 XP Pentium class 500 MHz computer with 256 MB of RAM or higher e 500 MB free hard disk space or higher e USB Port Optional Ethernet connection 2 Confirm the correct installation of the Printer Driver a Close the software program and check the Printer Driver b Reboot the computer c Ensure the Printer Driver is installed correctly Note This pertains especially if an obsolete Driver was recently removed d Ensure the correct setup options within the Printer Driver are selected e Confirm that the Driver is current by checking at www fargo com 3 Confirm the corre
179. e right or more sharpness of the printed image Study the image on the right to determine correct sharpness Contrast Default 0 Move the slide to the left for or less contrast Move the slide to the right or more contrast of the printed image Study the image on the right to determine correct contrast Gamma Default 0 Move the slide to the left for or less gamma Move the slide to the right or more gamma of the printed image Study the image on the right to determine correct gamma HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 46 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Advanced Image Color window continued See the previous page Advanced Image Color Image Quality Sharpness Balance Yellow Balance HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 47 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Advanced Image Color window continued Step Procedure 3 For the Balance slider bar controls see below Click OK to accept any variance from the default for this specific slider bar and return to the Image Color tab window Click Cancel to negate any variance on the slide and return to the Image Color tab window Click on the Default button to clear changes back to the default settings for this window only In addition here are further instructions Yellow Balance Default 0 Move th
180. e slide to the left for or less yellow as an individual color Move the slide to the right or more yellow as an individual color balance Study the image on the right to determine correct color yellow balance effect Magenta Balance Default 0 Move the slide to the left for or less magenta as an individual color Move the slide to the right or more magenta as an individual color balance Study the image on the right to determine correct color magenta balance effect Cyan Balance Default 0 Move the slide to the left for or less cyan as an individual color balance Move the slide to the right or more cyan as an individual color balance Study the image on the right to determine correct color cyan balance effect HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 48 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Advanced Image Color window continued See the previous page Advanced Image Color Image Quality Sharpness Balance Yellow Balance HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 49 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Advanced Image Color window Step Procedure 4 Click on the Default button to clear changes back to the default settings for this window only See below Advanced Image Color Image Quality Sharpness Balance Yellow Balance HDPii High Defini
181. e sure to have high coercivity cards installed when running this test HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 38 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Resin Self Test Procedure Use this card to determine that the Resin Panel is printing properly HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 39 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Section 6 Ethernet Option Section Introduction The Ethernet option includes the Ethernet port and the internal Printer Server e Printer Management The Printer Driver provides bi directional status information so you can monitor and manage the Printer just as you would any other networked Printer e Compatibility The Fargo Ethernet option provides compatibility with TCP IP and 802 3 Ethernet protocols with an IEEE 802 3 10 100Base T Ethernet female RJ45 connector e Application The Ethernet Option applies to the Fargo High Definition Card Printer Encoder With the Ethernet Option properly installed and configured these Printers are able to print in the same manner as a Printer directly connected to the PC via a USB interface HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Technical Specification Ethernet Option Here are the system requirements for Ethernet A Caution For safety purposes Ethernet is not intended for a direct co
182. e the LCD menus to save the current IP addresses as static see above and then switch DHCP dynamic IP address selection to DISABLED Options Menu Network Settings DHCP Change Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 72 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing Frequently asked Questions Question Answer What do the LEDs by the e Onthe Printer The green LED indicates a valid Ethernet connection on the Ethernet connection The amber LED indicates network back of the Printer activity indicate How do I print atest page Follow this procedure from Windows to verify the Ethernet configuration of the Printer and Printer 2 Select Start gt Settings gt Printers and Faxes gt your Driver Printer Driver name e g Card Printer gt Properties 1 Open the Printer Driver properties window 3 Ensure that the printing preferences are set correctly for the Ribbon installed in your Printer Then select the Print Test Page button HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 73 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms Transmission Control Term Purpose MAC Media The unique numeric value address associated with a network device that Access gives the device a unique identity This address is assigned by the device Control manufacturer to ensure its unique
183. e under Printer Firmware to begin the download 5 Click on the Save button to save the file 6 Click on the Save button to save the file to the computer s Desktop 7 Click on the Close button to close this dialog when the download is completed 8 From the computer s desktop double click on the Firmware exe file to un zip it 9 Click on the Browse button on the WinZip Self Extractor window 10 Select the Desktop and then click on the OK button in the Browse for Folder dialog 11 Click on the Unzip button in the WinZip Self Extractor window to unzip designated files Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 13 5 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Performing the Firmware Updates continued Step Procedure 12 Select Upgrade Firmware in the Actions dropdown menu as shown below This brings up the Upgrade Firmware window as shown below See the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility User Guide at this time Fargo Workbench Printer Utility File p a Help Select Printer g7 e Upgrade Firmware A La ppn eig Upgrade Firmware Card Samples c72 LA Upgrade your printer s firmware to add new functionality or correct firmware C G f lt A telated problems Check for firmware updates at Technical Support Website Run Tests Firmware Info Current Firmware Version i Printer Information Unknown
184. eaning Card Note DO NOT remove left liner if a magnetic encoding module is installed in your printer 3 Insert the Cleaning Card into the Card Hopper s infeed rollers See the diagram below 4 Click on the Clean button below 5 Guide the Cleaning Card into the printer if necessary 6 When the Cleaning routine is compelete the Cleaing Card will exit the Printer 7 Reinstall the Card Film and Laminate cartridges Note The Cleaning routine will begin after all current print jobs have completed HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 10 33 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Cleaning the Printer Platen Roller and Card Feed Rollers Display B Cleaning Card setup for Magnetic Encoder HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 10 34 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Cleaning Procedures Cleaning inside the Printer Step Procedure 1 Open the Front Cover 2 Remove the Print Ribbon and transfer Film from the Printer 3 If you have a can of compressed air blow out all visible areas of the Printer interior Note Remove any debris that may be inside OR If you do not have a can of compressed air use a cleaning pad from the Printer Cleaning Kit to wipe out all visible areas inside the Printer Note Remove any debris that may be inside A Caution Be extremely careful not to let any alcohol drip inside the Printer
185. eared from Configuration tab Note This is because IF the Clean Printer notification is checked the user might believe that the reminder is working while Never means the reminder will never be displayed OK button Use this button to close the dialog box and execute the user choice Cancel button Use this button to close the dialog box with no changes to the state of Printer setting If the user exits the Toolbox without clicking Clean then the Printer Cleaning Reminder dialog box will reappear on the next print Printer Needs Cleaning What would you like to do Clean Now Remind Me In 10 Prints In 10 Prints In 50 Prints In 100 Prints HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 9 25 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Advanced Settings tab Use the Advanced Settings tab for adjusting the internal Printer settings which are customized for every Printer at the factory and saved directly within the Printer s memory Note You can select the Restore Defaults to restore the internal default settings HDPii Card Printer Configuration Calibrate Film Calibrate Ribbon Clean Printeg Advanced Settings Setting D Q9 aa Q9 on Transferl OF TransferEOF ranakar Taran Oban w Restore Defaults Q9 o Q9 J rat J RS m oo Tere Tease T te V Enable Mag Verify HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0
186. ecify one destination for the log Step Procedure No event logging 1 Select the System Log link 2 Select the link for the log name you want to view or configure the default choices are log1 or log2 3 Select the None radio button when no log is required Note This is the default Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 34 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Log Destination Step Procedure No event logging 4 Select Submit 5 Login as a root User if you are so prompted Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in Address http 10 244 69 101 flogpathConf htmi70 Eao links e Google G v aog ER YY Bookmarksy Bit blocked gt gt Settinasw Home Network Print Path Status Administration Help legit 1022 System Log Log Name log1 C Print Job Started CI Printer Error O Email i e g userid domain com Log Destination O UDP Syslog e g 192 168 0 1 or domain name Log Type OTCP Connection Clear Changes Port 4010 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 35 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Setting up Email Event logging Follow this procedure to enable logging using email notification Step Procedure Spe
187. ect the Ribbon cable D900215 from the Main Board at J2 Remove the Main Board by pulling from the four 4 corners out Note No screws hold the Board Four 4 pressure tabs hold the Board A Caution Be careful not to break the Board Replace the Main Board Reconnect the cables Disconnect the Ribbon cable D900214 from the Main Board at J1 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 85 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reverse the instructions to re assemble Replacing the Accessory Board A000483 Tools needed SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 15 minutes Preparation Remove the Covers Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer Remove all the Covers from the Output Module Module See the previous instructions Use a long Torx screwdriver to remove the four 4 screws that attach the Board to the base plate Work from the top of T aa Module Replace it with the new Accessory Board A000483 Reconnect the cables Reverse the instructions to re assemble F Disconnect the cables from the Main Board and from the Accessory Board HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 86 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Output Module Solenoid Lock D920032 Tools needed n
188. ee the previous page 5678 1234 sn l FARGO D Gard Printers FAIL TEST Significant wanstertotave UMMM E D Card Printers PASS TEST Very slight uasin MMMM E 5678 l FARGO D Gard Printers a PASS TEST Absohitely HO transfer to tape HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 Fargo Electronics Inc 7 6 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Conducting the Tape adhesion Test continued Step Procedure 4 Visually examine the card and the strip of tape pulled from the card to see if any portion of the Film was removed from the card If any residue e g oil or grease from fingertips is present on the card surface the evaluation results may be affected If the printed transferred Film particles a pull away from the card and b adhere to the tape this indicates that inadequate adhesion of the Film to the card Increased heat and Dwell Times are necessary to resolve this problem Samples 1 2 and 3 show a representation of the adhesion level you can expect Result 1 Sample 1 shows a significant transfer to the tape and is an absolute failure Result 2 Sample 2 shows that very slight transfer to the tape can be acceptable without sacrificing overall image durability on matte finish cards Result 3 Sample 3 shows no transfer to the Tape and is an Absolute Pass If the tape test indicates inadequate adhesion increase the
189. efault HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 57 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Transfer Dwell Time and Temperature Step Procedure 3 Return to the factory default settings for the selected Card Type by clicking on the Default button If using cards that differ from the Card Type Glossy PVC or Matte PVC options select one of the Card Type Custom options 4 Adjust the dwell time and temperature settings to ensure proper image transfer Determine the appropriate settings for the card stock by setting the Transfer Dwell Time and Transfer Temperature to the default settings Print a card e Ifthe Film is not transferring properly adjust these settings accordingly OR e If the Film is transferring properly perform a final durability test called the Tape Test For instructions on how to do a tape test see Conducting the Tape adhesion Test procedure Transter Dwell Time 20 seconds per inch Transter Temperature 175 0 Celsius ee oo HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 58 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Default button Step Procedure 1 Use the Default button to reset the Transfer Dwell Time and Transfer Temperature to defaults for current Card Type choice See below amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Res
190. ename them from this page Note This also updates the link to the corresponding web page Step Procedure 1 Select the System Log link 2 Select the link for the log name you want to view or configure the default choices are log1 or log2 See the previous page 3 Enter a new log name in textbox Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 30 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Changing the Log Name Step Procedure 4 Click on the Submit button to save this change 5 Login as a root User if you are so prompted Note Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in E Fargo HDPii S N A7160166 System Log Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit view Favorites Tools Help ay O O MAOH Pac kas O A Sa D Address http 10 244 69 101 logpathConf htmi 0 v Eco iin Google G v v Goo ER YY Bookmarksy Bhi blocked gt Settings Home Network Print Path Status Adnsibistration Help System Log Log Name log O Print Job Started Log Type C Printer Error None O Email cn e g userid domain com Log Destination UDP Syslog e g 192 168 0 1 or domain name PTEE Port 4010 J Connection Clear Changes HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 31 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo
191. enshot below Verify cards are not stuck together or jammed and they are the correct thickness Display Unable to Feed Card screenshot Lower Left Corner Number 14 HDP5000 Card Printer Unable to Feed Card The Printer is unable to feed a card Ensure that cards are available and loaded correctly press the Resume button on the Printer to continue printing To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button from the Driver s display dialog or the Cancel button on the Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 4 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the LCD Error Message Table LCD Error Message Calibrate Failed PC Error Message No 155 and 170 Calibrate Film PC Error Message No 159 Calibrate Ribbon PC Error Message Nos 128 and 170 Card Feed Stop PC Error Message No 137 Card Jam PC Error Message Nos 82 112 and 200 Card Jam Prox PC Error Message No 86 Film or Ribbon calibration has failed Film Sensors need to be calibrated The print Ribbon Sensor is out of calibration The Front Cover was opened This caused the card transfer to stop OR the pause button was selected A card is jammed in the Print Station or card flipping area of the Printer A card is jammed in the PROX card encoding area of the Printer Verify the film is installed correctly and there is nota Ribbon installe
192. ent Settings page section displays the current active network settings for the Printer e These are also labeled as Dynamic if they were provided by DHCP or Static if they came from the Stored Settings e The current settings will be Dynamic only if Obtain an IP address automatically was selected when the Printer was restarted last Address http 10 244 69 101 tcpipConf html v co links 7 amp Google G v Goo ER v YY Bookmarksy 1 blocked gt gt Settinasw Home Network Print Path Status System Log Administration Help Network Settings Interface 10Mbps Ethernet 10 244 69 101 255552390 Cwrent Settings Dynamic Default Gateway 10 244 69 3 DNS Server Address 10 244 69 20 DNS Domain Suffix mn fargo com HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 19 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Switching to the Automatic IP Address Mode Step Procedure 1 Select the Network link from any web page of the Printer 2 Select the Obtain an IP address automatically radio button to enable the DHCP BOOTP which automatically assigns the network settings Even with this button selected the User can enter Stored Settings and the Stored Settings will remain in memory See below Note This is the default method 3 Click on the Submit button to save this setting 4 Login as a root User if you are so prompted Note Any chan
193. er User Guide Rev 1 1 7 60 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Encoding Mode dropdown Use the Encoding Mode option to specify which magnetic encoding standard to use This will change the encoding mode and coercivity setting or modify the ISO standards for Tracks 1 2 and 3 by correctly modifying these Magnetic Encoding options One of four modes can be selected by this Encoding Mode dropdown e ISO Encoding e Custom Encoding e Raw Binary Encoding e JIS Il Encoding Category Description ISO Encoding selection active and inactive functions If you select ISO Encoding you send down a formatted set of characters Note This selection activates the track tabs However all functions on the Track tabs are inactive gray and display ISO defaults which are the defaults listed for each track below The Shift Data Left check box remains unchecked and inactive amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Encoding Options Encoding Mode Custom Encoding hd ISO Encoding Custom Encoding l Eina T I Shift Data Left Magnetic Track Options Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 Character Size LAC Generation 7 Bits Even Parity ASCII Offset Encoding Mode SPACE hd Odd Parity v Bit Density 210 BPI lt p0 4 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7
194. erm Definition Encoder wheel An electromechanical device attached to a shaft that detects the change in rotational position incremented to count ticks per revolution The Printer s Encoder wheel both detects motion and measures the amount of rotation in the movement of the Ribbon Engine A generic term for a collection of systems and mechanisms that is dedicated to executing a specific function A Printer that also laminates would have both a print engine and a Lamination engine EOF End Of Form The trailing edge of the card detected to indicate when the Printer should stop printing EPP Enhanced Parallel Port A type of Parallel Port mode developed by Intel to increase the port throughput EPROM Electronically Programmable Read Only Memory A microchip based non volatile memory storage device that cannot be rewritten in the field Firmware for many Fargo Printers is stored on these chips and so a change of the chip is necessary for an upgrade Escape sequence A string or control character that indicates to the processor that what follows is a command and not data ESD ElectroStatic The discharge of static electricity high voltage low current that Discharge can damage electronic devices Ethernet A system of networking a series of computers for the sharing of data or peripherals Film A thin flexible transparent sheet used to carry dye impregnated material or r
195. erm Definition UPS Un interruptible Power Supply An AC power supply typically powered by batteries which provides temporary power to the PC or Printer during an interruption of the supply voltage USB Universal Serial Bus A 1 5M sec 12Mbit sec serial communication interface that can support 127 separate devices consisting of 4 wires power ground data in and data out Virtual Memory A technique used by Windows when chip memory is exhausted in which data is written to the hard to hold data temporarily and support Window s operations Wrinkle The appearance in the card image of wavy or arched lines either colored or clear caused by improper film or Ribbon tension YMC The designation of colored Ribbon by the panels of color in the order in which they are printed Yellow Y Magenta M and Cyan C YMCK The designation of colored Ribbon by the panels of color in the order in which they are printed Yellow Y Magenta M Cyan C and Black K YMCKH The designation of colored Ribbon by the panels of color in the order in which they are printed Yellow Y Magenta M Cyan C Black K and Heat Seal H YMCKK The designation of colored Ribbon by the panels of color in the order in which they are printed Yellow Y Magenta M Cyan C Black K Black K the second K is for backside black only printing YMCKO The designation of colored Ribbon by
196. ers and hands as well as thoroughly clean hands to remove oil and debris before working on the Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Process Flow in table format Reviewing the Boot up Sequence Step Process 1 The Card feed stepper turns ON to check for a card in the card path 2 The Film transfer take up Motor turns ON to take up any slack in the film 3 The Print Headlift turns until head up position is returned from Headlift Sensor 4 The Print Ribbon moves forward until it finds the yellow panel pauses advances to magenta then backs up to yellow the Ribbon Sensor detects the color of the ribbon 5 The Transfer Film advances forward two panels from supply advances until the Print Film Sensor senses 2 marks on the Film 6 The Transfer Film advances forward one panel from supply advances until the Print Film Sensor senses 1 mark on the Film 7 The Transfer Film reverses for one panel onto supply reverses until the Print Film Sensor senses 1 mark on the Film 8 The Transfer Film reverses for one panel onto supply reverses until the Print Film Sensor senses 1 mark on the Film HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Sequence of Operations The following sequence describes a dual sided full c
197. es F Disable Printing HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 32 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Print Both Sides Print Back Image on Front of Card option This option becomes active when Print Both Sides is checked The Default is active and unchecked Step Procedure 1 Select this option e Ifyou need to print the first page of a two page document on the backside of the card OR e f you need to print the resin black on the chip side of the Smartcard The second page of the document will be printed on the front side of the card Dual Sided IY Print Both Sides Split 1 Set of Ribbon Panels Print Back Image on Front of Card Print Back Side Only Options Rotate Front 180 Degrees Rotate Back 180 Degrees F Disable Printing HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 33 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Dual Sided Print Back Side Only option Use this option to print only onto the backside of cards Note The Print Back Side Only checkbox default is active and unchecked Step Procedure 1 Select this option to print only onto the backside of preprinted cards that must have their Magnetic Stripe or smart card chip encoded Note Load the cards in the usual fashion e When this option is selected the Print Both Sides option is automatically disabled e When attempting
198. esin to be transferred to the card Firmware The instruction set stored in chip memory inside the Printer that controls functional and operational data Some models require a chip change for updates some Firmware can be changed by reprogramming from the PC HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 17 95 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Flash Memory A microchip based non volatile memory device that holds its data when power is removed This allows for field reprogramming of the Printer commands such as Printer Firmware upgrades without the necessity of changing chips Font A character set similar in style and form Fonts can be graphical or mathematical constructs represented by a series of dots or an Assembly of curves and lines FPGA Field A microchip with configurable logic circuits installed that takes Programmable Gate Array care of the very high speed and intensive data manipulations needed by the printing engine Full bleed Printing that covers the entire card surface Gamma The degree of contrast of an image or the display of a monitor determined by the slope of a characteristic curve relating optical density to relative log exposure Glossy Matte A smooth polished surface in comparison to a rougher matte surface Fargo matte cards have a surface ind
199. essory Kit Torx tool and screws Tools needed Torx Tool included in kit Estimated Repair Time 20 minutes Step Procedure 1 A Caution Power off the Printer by unplugging the power cord from the Printer Remove all USB Serial and Ethernet communication connections Remove the Card Output Hopper Important Do not remove the Covers for this procedure The Output Module is installed at the output side of the Printer a Turn the Printer and the Output Module on their back b Use the Torx tool provided to remove the two 2 screws from the bottom of the Output Module Save the screws for later for reattachment If the Printer Module has the Output Side Upgrade Cover installed then follow the Removing the Output Side Upgrade Cover if applicable procedure provided below these instructions Position the Output Module attachment tabs into the appropriate slots at the base of Printer See Display A below Use the two 2 screws to attach the Output Module to the Printer Please refer to the pictures below Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Output Module Accessory continued Display A Slide the Output Module attachment tabs into the appropriate slots at the base of Printer Module This picture shows the Printer and the Output Module HDPii High Defi
200. et Explorer SEE a File Edit view Favorites Tools Help Q sack QJ x a A P Search 5 Favorites 4 A E LJ Address http 10 244 69 101 medialnfo html Eo i tinkss A Google G Goo ER YY Bookmarks Bitblocked gt gt Settingsw Home Network Print Path System Log Administration Help TCP IP Printer Media Information Q Ribbon Info Ribbon Type YMCI Part Number 84058 Percent Remaining 83 HDP Film Info Film Type Clear INTM Part Number 84053 Percent Remaining 89 NOTE This page refreshes every minute HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 24 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the TCP IP page The TCP IP page displays the TCP IP Status of each Printer connection which are not configurable See the next two pages for displays Step Procedure 1 Select the Status link from any web page of the Printer 2 Select the TCP IP page link 3 View information on all current network connections in the TCP connections area Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 25 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the TCP IP page See the Using the TCP IP page procedure i Fargo HDPii SAN A7160166 TCP IP Status Microsoft Internet Explorer DER File E
201. etic Head Assembly 089201 Module Kit 16 13 Replacing the LCD Board Assembly A000440 16 14 Replacing the Main Board Assembly A000475 03 16 15 Replacing the USB Ethernet Board Assembly A000441 16 16 Replacing the RFID Board Assembly A000365 16 19 Card Path and Roller Replacement Procedures 16 22 Replacing the Card Path Assembly D910006 16 22 Replacing the Card Rollers Upper Roller D910064 and Lower Roller D910107 __ 16 24 Replacing the Card Rollers D910062 Card Roller D910063 and Card Roller D910065 16 27 Replacing the Platen Card Roller D910101 16 31 Replacing the Print Platen Roller D910109 16 33 Motor Replacement Procedures 16 37 Replacing the Drive Train Stepper Motor Assembly D910073 Card Path location _ 16 37 Replacing the Card Feed Motor Roller Assembly D910074 16 39 Replacing the Film Supply Motor D910055 Ribbon Supply Motor D910057 and RFID Board A000365 16 41 Replacing the Film Take Up Motor D910058 and Ribbon Take Up Motor D910056 16 46 Replacing the Headlift Motor D910052 and Headlift Sensor D910216 16 48 Replacing the Print Stepper Motor D910050 and or the Print Stepper Motor Belts F000093 2 belts and or the Print Motor Stepper Pulley D840888 16 53 Replacing the Lamination Mechanism D910054 16 57 Replacing the Lamination Mechanism Lam Cam Motor D910072 16 59 Replacing the Lamination Mechanism Lam Cam Sensor D910216 16 60 Sensor
202. ettings will always be available Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 70 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing Frequently asked Questions continued Question Answer How do reconfigure my PC Printer Driver to connect to a different Printer or different IP address Use the Windows Add Printer Wizard to create a printer instance to communicate to the printer at the new IP address This may require adding a new Remote TCP IP Card Printer Port configured to communicate to the printer at the proper IP address See the appropriate Windows documentation for additional help How can verify change what IP address my installed Printer Driver is expecting to find my Printer Follow this procedure 1 Open the Printer Driver properties window 2 Select Start gt Settings gt Printers and Faxes gt your Printer Driver gt Properties 3 From the Ports tab select Configure Port The Host name will indicate IP address of the connected Printer Note If this does not match your Printer s IP address you can change it from this window Enter the correct IP address Select OK Select Apply mt Oe OW Select Close Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 71 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing Freq
203. ev 1 0 Continued on the next page 17 100 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Oversized Cards Oversized cards are used for more efficient visual identification and are available in many non standard sizes The most popular sizes are CR 90 3 63 x 2 37 92mm x 60mm and CR 100 3 88 x 2 63 98 5mm x 67mm Overlaminate Protective clear or holographic material to increase security and durability applied over the printed surface with a hot Roller Parallel A method of data transfer in which serial data is divided into sections and sent simultaneously down parallel wires to speed transfer rate Parallel Port A communication socket on a device that allows for parallel data transfer PC Personal Computer A stand alone programmable electronic device that can store retrieve and process data consisting of a CPU mouse keyboard and monitor PCB Printed Circuit Board A solid multi layered plate on which electronic elements are attached either through the Board or on the surface Peel The removal of a film or Ribbon from a card surface at a perpendicular angle to ensure proper transfer then separation from the card surface Peel Off A bar on the Lamination section that holds the film at the correct position and provides proper peel angle Peripheral Any device that is attached externally to a PC These often share
204. ex Ra of approximately 65 microinches while glossy have a Ra 3 Glossy PVC A card made of PVC with a smooth polished surface Surface roughness of approximately 0 10 micro inches This is required for direct to card Dye Sublimation printing Graphical Device Interface GDI A Windows standard for protocol between Drivers and applications and the Windows interface An application uses a Driver to rasterize the data in the format necessary for the Printer but also for the Windows interface to execute the print commands Gray Scale A graduation through the various brightness levels from white to black Halftoning A process in monochrome printing that simulates continuous tone by using changes to the distribution of single dots Increasing the number of dots in a given area increases the darkness even though the individual dots stay the same size HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 17 96 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Hard Drive A high capacity storage device in a PC consisting of non removable magnetically encodable platters Hardware Physical components of a system such as the Printer the PC the power supply High Definition The High Definition Printing process prints full color images onto Printing clear transfer film InTM The film
205. f a negative number is entered Note The maximum value for the Vertical and Horizontal adjustments is 100 Pixels 10 Pixels 0 03 8mm Rear of Printer Card Output f Horizontal Horizontal Card Input side of Printer Side of Printer oe Direction card travels through printer Front of Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 54 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Transfer Dwell Time and Temperature Use the Image Transfer option to control of the Transfer Dwell Time and Transfer Temperature e These settings control the speed and temperature at which printed images are transferred from the Film to the card These settings may vary depending on the card type e The Printer Driver automatically optimizes these settings according to the selection made in the Card Type option e Changes made to the Dwell Time and temperature settings are saved for the selected Card Type option upon exiting the Printer Driver setup in the Printer s Control Panel Step Procedure 1 Transfer Dwell Time Sets dwell time for InTM transfer in seconds per inch Lower limit 1 0 seconds per inch Upper limit 3 0 seconds per inch e UltraCard Ill Composite Default 2 0 seconds per inch e UltraCard PVC Default 2 0 seconds per inch e Custom Default 2 0 seconds per inch HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 55
206. ferenced to the upper left hand corner of the i text object Bitmap Black Areas The black areas of the bitmap are the areas that will correspond to where the inhibit material will prevent the transfer of dyes on to the card HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 8 5 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Inhibit Panel via Application The inhibit bmp file can be generated with any bit map editor The following procedure explains how this is done with Microsoft Paint Step Procedure 1 Create a bitmap file using Microsoft Paint Note The size for landscape orientation is 1035 pixels in width and 661 pixels in length The size for portrait orientation is 661 pixels in width and 1035 pixels in length Set this under Paint Image Attributes Select black and white under COLORS Landscape Orientation see below Attributes File last saved Not Available Size on disk Not Available Resolution 122 x 122 dots per inch Width 1035 Height 661 Units O Inches O Cm Pixels goscccesesesococsescescseseccesssesseeg O Colors eesossesosessecesosoesesoosesesos Portrait Orientation see below Attributes File last saved Not Available Size on disk Not Available Resolution 122 x 122 dots per inch Width 661 Height 1035 Units O Inches O Cm Pixels Colors O Colors HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder
207. g Passwords 6 61 Accessing the IP Address 6 62 Ethernet Printer Troubleshooting Procedures 6 63 Troubleshooting procedures 6 63 Verifying the Printer Connection 6 64 Verifying the Printer IP address 6 64 Verifying that your PC can access the Printer using the ping command 6 65 Printing a test page 6 66 Reviewing Frequently asked Questions 6 67 Glossary of Terms 6 74 Section 7 Printer Adjustments 7 1 Safety Messages review carefully 7 1 Printing on Alternate Card Stocks 7 2 Selecting the Right Cards and optimizing the Print Process 7 2 Selecting the Appropriate Printer Driver settings 7 3 Conducting the Tape Adhesion Test 7 5 Printer Driver Options 7 8 Installing Printer Driver Updates 7 8 Setting Up the Printer Driver 7 10 Setting up Windows 2000 XP 2003 7 10 Using the OK Cancel and Help buttons 7 10 Using the Card tab 7 11 Selecting the Card Size 7 12 Selecting the Card Type 7 13 Setting the Orientation 7 17 Specifying the number of Copies 7 18 Selecting the Diagnostics button 7 19 Selecting the Test Print button 7 20 Selecting the About button 7 21 Selecting the Toolbox button 7 22 Using the Device Options tab 7 23 Detecting Supplies at Print Time Function 7 24 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 v RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the R
208. ge No 46 E Card Encoder A problem was detected Startup Error during Printer start up PC Error Message No 141 E Card Startup Error A problem was detected PC Error Message during Printer start up No 141 EEPROM Corrupt EEPROM restored with PC Error Message factory default values Nos 38 39 40 and 144 Ejecting Card The card has been ejected PC Error Message already No 72 Ensure that the Cover is properly closed Reset the Printer and try again If this problem persists call for technical assistance Reset the Printer and try again If this problem persists call for technical assistance If changes were made then go into the setting values and reset these numbers Click OK to clear the message The user might want to know that a card has been sent to the reject bin or out of the printer and is either incomplete or posses a security risk if not disposed of properly HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the LCD Error Message Table continued Empty Reject Bin PC Error Message No 265 Failed To Initialize PC Error Message No 141 Film Align Error PC Error Message Nos 26 and 176 Film Break Jam PC Error Message No 158 Film Low PC Error Message No 156 Film Out PC Error Message Nos 156 and 157 The reject bin is full A problem was
209. ge of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in 5 Reboot the Printer to affect this change Fargo HDPii S N A7160166 Network Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer TBR File Edit view Favorites Tools Help ay gt x E A pO search Pe Favorites 4 A E 7 la Address 4 http 10 244 69 101 tcpipConf html i SE Links y Google G Goo ER YY Bookmarks Bhi blocked gt gt Settings Obtain an IP address automaticall Use the following IP address IP Address 10 1 129 75 Stored Settings Subnet Mask 255 255 255 192 Default Gateway 10 1 129 65 DNS Server Address DNS Domain Suffix Clear Changes _ Note Changes only take effect after reboot Internet HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 20 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Changing to the Static IP Address Mode Step Procedure 1 Select the Network link from any web page of the Printer 2 Select the Use the following IP address radio button which prepares the Printer to use network settings that the User has manually set These manual settings will then be used the next time the Printer is rebooted 3 Enter the network settings which are required for Ethernet communications from within the same subnet With only these entries the User cannot print from a subnet other than on the subnet on
210. gital information to be held temporarily to facilitate processing Rasterize The process of converting the elements of a graphic into a bitmap to be printed Reboot Cycling the power to the Printer so that it resets and reinitializes Registration The quality of the alignment of the separate primary color images YMCK Resin A semi solid material HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 17 103 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Resolution The number of individual pixels in a graphic taken over a given length used to indicate the sharpness of the picture and the level of detail The number of elements in the Printhead determines Fargo Printer resolution RFI Radio Electromagnetic waves radiated by poorly shielded cables or Frequency electronic devices that interfere with the operation or data transfer Interference of another device RFID Radio This is a way of transmitting information via radio frequency Data Frequency is sent from an RFID transceiver to an RFID tag that is Identification embedded in a Resin Ribbon RGB The three primary colors of the luminance or additive model Red Green Blue Combinations of these three colors can produce practically all the colors of the spectrum that humans can detect Computer monitors operate on an
211. h the color hue brightness and saturation information stored in bits The more bits the more values and thus the greater variety 1 bit color is black and white 8 bit color produces 256 shades of gray and 24 bit color can produce 16 7 million colors Board A term used for the circuit Board a hard mylar plate made of many layers that holds the electronic circuit elements and wire traces Boot up A series of operations that the Printer runs through when power is first applied including a series of initializing status testing and a diagnostics program to ensure a ready state Buffer A block of memory in the Printer or PC that holds print files until the processor is ready to print them Cable A set of conductors wrapped together and often concealed within insulation used for signal transfer from one device to another with connectors on either end that allows the cable to be removed HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 17 90 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Cache A type of memory Buffer to store data temporarily used to hold information that is most often exchanged between controller and peripheral to expedite data transfer Calibrating A procedure to adjust an electro mechanical device so that it operates within established parameters Cleaning Roller High tack Rollers posit
212. he next page 17 91 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition CR 79 A card dimension standard of 2 0625 L X 3 3125 W 4 0 002 W 0 005 L or 52 400 X 84 150 mm CR 80 A card dimension standard of 2 125 X 3 370 0 002 W 0 005 L or 53 975 X 85 598 mm CR 90 A card dimension standard of 2 375 X 3 625 0 002 W 0 005 L or 60 325 X 92 075 mm CR 100 A card dimension standard of 2 625 X 3 875 0 002 W 0 005 L or 66 675 X 98 425 mm Cursor The marker in the LCD display Window that indicates the active selection Darkness A reference to color saturation DB 9 A 9 pin D shaped connector typically used in serial port interfaces DC Motor A Motor that works on DC with continuous motion DC Direct Current Electronic flow that is unidirectional flowing from the positive to negative of a power source Default A setting or parameter that comes preset from the factory in Driver or Firmware Performance parameters can be customized in the Driver but can be reset to the factory values usually through the push of the default button The default values for the Firmware are usually denoted on a label attached to the Printer Defrag Abbreviation for defragmenting The process of positioning the data in contiguous sections on a hard drive so that it uses space more efficiently DIP switches Dual In lin
213. heat setting by 5 degrees print another card and try the tape test again Once the temperature has been increased 4 times 20 degrees reset temperature to default and increase the Dwell Time by 5 second Repeat this process until adequate adhesion is achieved Ensure that the cards in use have a surface roughness Ra of 60 micro inches or less This information should be available from the card manufacturer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 7 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Driver Options Installing Printer Driver Updates Occasionally new Printer Driver versions are released which have new or updated features e Before installing an updated Printer Driver version always delete the existing Printer Driver version from the system e Todo this select Start Programs and point to the Fargo folder e Then select the Uninstall Printer Driver icon for the specific Printer model as shown here Step Procedure 1 Once the existing Printer Driver is deleted the updated version can be installed Note The best way to get Printer Driver updates is to download them from the Fargo website a To download the latest Printer Driver version click on the Printer Driver s highlighted exe file name on the web site You will then be prompted to Save this program to disk Fargo s downloadable Printer Driver files have names ending in exe and a
214. ia damage take jewelry off of fingers and hands as well as thoroughly clean hands to remove oil and debris before working on the Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Introduction The following guide will walk you through the installation of the Fargo Driver Time Requirement This software installation process will require approximately 2 to 6 minutes depending on the speed of your PC System Requirements The System Requirements are as follows e IBM PC or compatible Windows 32 bit 2K XP Pentium class 500 MHz computer with 256MB of RAM or higher 500MB free hard disk space or higher USB 2 0 Inspecting the Printer While unpacking your Printer inspect the carton to ensure that no damage has occurred during shipping Make sure that all supplied accessories are included with your unit Unpacking the Printer The following items are included with your Printer e Software Installation CD includes Printer Driver Online User s Guide and Printer Diagnostic Tool e Power Supply with Power Cord Note This product is intended to be supplied by a Listed Power Unit marked Class 2 and rated for 24 V dc 3 75 to 5A e Card Cleaning Roller e Card Cartridge e Warranty Card e Registration Card Important Please use the original packaging when shipping the Printer Output HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Serv
215. ibbon Type 7 27 Adjusting the Film Type 7 29 Using the Dual Sided Group Functions 7 30 Using the Dual Sided Print Both Sides option 7 31 Using the Print Both Sides Split 1 Set of Ribbon Panels option 7 32 Using the Print Both Sides Print Back Image on Front of Card option 7 33 Using the Dual Sided Print Back Side Only option 7 34 Using the Device Options Group 7 35 Using the Rotate Front 180 Degrees or Rotate Back 180 Degrees options 7 36 Using the Disable Printing option 7 37 Using the Image Color tab 7 38 Using the Quality Color Matching dropdown 7 40 Adjusting for the Resin Dither 7 44 Using the Advanced Image Color window 7 45 Using the Default button on the Image Color tab 7 51 Using the Image Transfer tab 7 52 Adjusting the Image Position controls 7 53 Adjusting the Transfer Dwell Time and Temperature 7 55 Using the Default button 7 59 Using the Magnetic Encoding tab 7 60 Using the Encoding Mode dropdown 7 61 Selecting the Coercivity Magnetic Track 7 65 Reviewing the Shift Data Left Function 7 66 Reviewing the Magnetic Track Options 7 67 Using the Magnetic Track Options 7 69 Using the Character Size buttons 7 71 Using the ASCII Offset dropdown list 7 72 Using the Bit Density dropdown list 7 73 Using the LRC Generation dropdown list 7 74 Using the Encoding Mode dropdown list 7 15 Reviewing the ISO Track Locations 7 716 Sending the Track Information 7 71 Reviewing the Sample String 7 78 Reviewing the ASCII Code and Character Ta
216. ibed below Interface Description SNMP The Ethernet interface is a fully manageable SNMP agent that supports MIB II The Ethernet interface is MIB II compliant allowing SNMP managers to monitor protocol network and routing statistics Telnet Command Line Interface Initiating a Telnet Session This procedure shows how to initiate a Telnet session from a PC in order to access the Telnet services provided by the Printer Description Initiating a Telnet session Follow these instructions to issue Telnet commands 1 Identify the IP address of your Printer Note See Switching to the Automatic IP_Address Mode Initiate a Telnet session from a DOS window on your PC At the DOS prompt enter telnet IP Address e Example C gt telnet 192 168 11 12 e All Telnet responses from the Printer will then be displayed in the Telnet session on the PC e All commands entered will be sent to the Telnet client in the Printer Enter help or to get an on window list of supported Telnet commands C gt telnet 16 1 216 246 Network Print Server 1 1 5 login root Password Welcome root 14 1 218 246 root gt user HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 5 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Telnet Command Table The following table describes available Telnet commands Note You can enter parti
217. ibit bitmap o Examples of applications which are incompatible with inhibit printing are Notepad and Microsoft Paint Microsoft Paint can be used for the creation of the INHIBIT BMP e Compatible Applications which utilize text objects compatible with the Inhibit Panel Windows applications which generate text objects to Windows GDI are compatible with inhibit panel operation Note Compatible applications will allow you to edit text strings after the file has been saved Examples of compatible applications are Corel Draw Microsoft Word and Microsoft WordPad HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 8 4 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Rendering Print Jobs Rendering of the print job occurs on the given local workstation if the Printer Driver is installed for use on that particular workstation Shared Instance However if the Printer Driver is a shared instance e g shared from another workstation the print job is rendered converted to something that the printer understands on the workstation where the Printer Driver is shared from while under Microsoft Windows 2000 XP and 2003 Print Job Rendering Under Microsoft Windows Vista the rendering of the print job may be performed on either the workstation sharing the printer or the workstation creating the print job depending upon the setting chosen in the printer instance H Rendering Engine Since the Printer Driver looks for the f
218. ice Manual Rev 1 0 3 2 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Unpacking the Printer continued Display A Included with your Printer Fargo Electronics Inc HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3 3 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Choosing a Good Location Follow these guidelines e Place the unit in a location with adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build up e Use the Printer s dimensions as a guideline for the minimum clearances to the unit Note Allow for adequate clearance above the unit to accommodate the height of the unit with its Covers open e Do not install unit near heat sources such as radiators or air ducts or in a place subject to direct sunlight excessive dust mechanical vibration or shock About Moisture Condensation If the unit is brought directly from a cold to a warm location or is placed in a very damp room moisture may condense inside the unit Should this occur print quality may not be optimum Leave the unit turned OFF in a warm dry room for several hours before using This will allow the moisture to evaporate A Caution For safety purposes Ethernet is not intended for a direct connection outside of the building HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3 4 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Module Installation Procedures Installing the Output Module Accessory Parts included Output Module Acc
219. iewing the Interface Reviewing the Current Settings Switching to the Automatic IP Address Mode Changing to the Static IP Address Mode Using the Clear Changes button Using the Media Information page Using the TCP IP page Using the TCP IP page Using the Printer page Using the System Log page Changing the Log Name Selecting the Log Type Selecting the Log Destination Setting up Email Event logging Specifying UDP Event logging Specifying TCP Event logging HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Administration pages 6 43 Using the System Information page 6 43 Changing the Root Password 6 45 Using the Reboot pages 6 46 Rebooting the Printer 6 46 Upgrading the Main Firmware 6 48 Using the Print Path page 6 54 Using the Help page 6 56 Additional Procedures 6 56 Accessing the Ethernet Status LEDs 6 56 Reviewing the LED Table 6 56 Upgrading the Main Firmware with the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility 6 57 Restoring the Factory Settings for Ethernet 6 59 Resetting the settings 6 59 Changing the LCD Network Settings 6 59 Accessing the Network Setup Menu 6 59 Changing the DHCP Setting 6 60 Changing the ANEG setting 6 60 Saving addresses 6 61 Resettin
220. igh Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 20 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the About button Select the About button to open a dialog box containing the copyright information as well as the Driver s version number and date code amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer About Fargo Printer Drivers Fargo Electronics Inc 6533 Flying Cloud Drive Eden Prairie MN 55344 USA 952 941 0050 Worlds Most Secure Identity Card Systems Copyright c 2007 Printer Name HDPSOOOF Card Printer Date 11 01 2007 Version 1 0 0 9 Pictographics Digital Color Technology This product is licensed under the terms of the Fargo Electronics Inc End User License Agreemnet EULA HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 21 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Toolbox button Select the Toolbox button See the Toolbox section for more information and procedures amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Card Size CR 80 Xi inches mm Print Width 2 204 gt Print Length 3 452 a Card Type Fargo UltraCard III v Orientation Portrait Landscape m Copies 1 a ad Diagnostics Test Print About ToolBox
221. ile with the i command the file location specified within the command is relative to the sharing workstation on Windows 2000 XP and 2003 o Under Windows Vista the default configuration is to render the job on the workstation that is generating the print job o The bitmap image file must exist in the location specified on the sharing workstation or on the printing workstation depending upon your settings for that printer on the workstation generating the print job Example Place a iC Test inhibit omp text object within a Word Pad print job against a non shared e g local HDPII printer under Windows XP to cause the Printer Driver to look for a file with that name and location on the local workstation Note This is because the Printer Driver processing occurs on the local workstation Inhibit Area Location The location of the inhibit area within the print job is the upper left hand corner where the text object is placed upon the drawing within the application Note The inhibit file bitmap must contain one bit per pixel e g monochrome Print Size If the inhibit bitmap is larger than the page print size it is trimmed to fit it The normal print size for a HDPII CR 80 card is 2 204 inches by 3 452 inches o With that print size the maximum size of the inhibit bitmap area would be 661 pixels by 1035 pixels o If the inhibit bitmap is smaller than the page print size it will still be used by the driver and be re
222. ilizes two different yet closely related printing technologies to achieve its remarkable print quality for dye sublimation and resin thermal transfer See previous section as needed The following describes how each of these technologies works Function Description Dye Dye Sublimation is the print method the Card Printer uses to produce Sublimation smooth continuous tone images that look photographic Note This process uses a dye based Ribbon roll that is partitioned by a number of consecutive color Panels e Process colors The Panels are grouped in a repeating Series of three process colors yellow magenta and cyan YMC along the entire length of the Print Ribbon Note The Inhibit or designation under YMCKI indicates the ability to prevent the transfer of film to the card surface Users can select these Ribbon types to prevent film from transferring over security features signature panel or other areas of special interest on the card surface e Panels The Printer always prints the yellow Panel first followed by the magenta Panel and the cyan Panel e Printhead As the Print Ribbon passes beneath the Printhead hundreds of thermal elements within the Printhead heat the dyes on the Ribbon Note When these dyes are heated they vaporize and diffuse into the surface of the film A separate pass is made for each of the three color Panels on the Ribbon e Color Shades By combining the colors of each Pane
223. ill be sent via UDP packets to the Syslog port 514 of the specified host e tis up to the host program to listen to these messages for processing e Asyslog host program is necessary to use this method such as Kiwi Syslog Daemon or WinSysLog Select the link for the log name you want to view or configure the default choices are log1 or log2 Select the UDP Syslog radio button Enter a valid IP address or domain name Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 38 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Specifying UDP Event logging Step Procedure 5 Select Submit 6 Login as a root User if you are so prompted Note Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in File Edit view Favorites Tools Help ae 3 AN L gt m 2g Q sack gt a A Search Je Favorites EA bs El bans 33 7 i 7 o E SE Links ta fi amp Address amp http 10 244 69 139 logpathConf html 0 Home Network Print Path Status System Log Administration Help logt flos2 System Log Log Name log Print Job Started Log Type Printer Error None Email e g userid domain com UDP Syslog e g 192 168 0 1 or domain name Log Destination OTCP Connection Port 4010 Submit Clear Changes HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder
224. ill correspond to where the inhibit material will prevent the transfer of dyes on to the card HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 11 4 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Inhibit Panel via Application continued Step Procedure 1 Create a bitmap file using Microsoft Paint which is of size 1035 pixels width and 661 pixels length of monochrome Black and White colors untitled Paint File last saved Not Available Size on disk Not Available Resolution 102 x 102 dots per inch 3 Height 661 Olnches OCm Pixels Colors Black and white O Colors 5 EEESESRERSSaRo ODDS Raa ee For Help click Help Topics on the Help Menu HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 11 5 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Inhibit Panel via Application continued Step Procedure 2 Place objects on the image which correspond to the area which are to be inhibited untitled Paint File Edit view Image Colors Help TTT u COO For Help click Help Topics on the Help Menu p 998x148 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Inhibit Panel via Application continued Step Procedure 3 Fill the inhibit areas with black color untitle
225. in Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Image Position Vertical Ey 1 H Horizontal 0 S 1 gt E Direction Card Travels through Printer Transfer Dwell Time 2 0 seconds per inch Transfer Temperature 175 0 Celsius aa HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 59 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Magnetic Encoding tab Use these options only if the Printer has an optional Magnetic Stripe Encoding Module installed The Card Printer can be installed with one of two types of factory installed Magnetic Stripe Encoding Modules an ISO or JIS II Encoder Module Note If no Encoder is detected the tab is active but all functions are grayed out Step Procedure 1 Select the Magnetic Encoding tab to display options for controlling the Magnetic Stripe encoding process Note The following describes these options and the Printer s magnetic encoding process amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences ae Device Optio Image Color Image Transfer Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Encoding Options Encoding Mode Custom Encoding v Coercivity High 2 750 De l Shift Data Left Magnetic Track Options Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 Character Size LAC Generation 7 Bits s Even Parity z ASCII Offset Encoding Mode SPACE v Odd Parity v Bit Density HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encod
226. ing K Panel Resin Supplies CR 80 Card Size Front C Back Add e Direction Card Travels through Printer Delete Print All Black with K Panel Full Card Defined Areals Print YMC under K C Print K Only HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 86 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Defining the Area to activate the Card Grid Step Procedure 1 Select on the appropriate Defined Area see below to activate the card grid in the upper half of the window e It is through this card grid that up to five areas can be defined as shown below e When the card grid is first activated then a small black square will appear at its default size of 2 x 2 5mm x 5mm and at its default location in the lower left hand corner 0 0 Note This square represents the first defined area amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Card Device Opi Image Transfer Magnetic Encoding Supplies E Print All Black with K Panel Full Card V Defined Area s Undefined Areafs Print YMC under K Print K Only HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 87 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Measuring the Total Card area Step Procedure 1 Determine the area of the card to define Note This area is indicated by the dashed outline as shown below The easiest way to determine the size of this area is
227. inition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 62 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Ethernet Printer Troubleshooting Procedures Troubleshooting procedures If you are having trouble connecting to your Ethernet Printer or printing to it you should go through each of the following procedures Step Procedure 1 Follow the Verifying the Printer Connection procedure on the next page 2 Follow the Verifying the Printer IP address procedure on the next page 3 Follow the Verifying that your PC can access the Printer using the ping command procedure 4 Verify that you are choosing the correct Printer Driver Note The Driver must match the model of the Printer 5 Verify that the port configuration of the PC Printer Driver is set to communicate to the Printer over the correct IP address See Frequently asked Questions 6 Follow the Printing a test page procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 63 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Verifying the Printer Connection Step Procedure 1 Ensure that your Printer has a valid network connection 2 Verify that the has the green LED on solidly and the amber LED is flashing with network activity 3 If the LEDs do not indicate connection verify the network connection with another device 4 If the connection is OK then something may be wrong wi
228. int K Only HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 81 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Scroll controls Controls Description H Horizontal changes the size of the area from left to right e Default 0 200 inches 5 1 mm e Upper Limit 3 450 inches 87 6 mm e Lower Limit 0 200 cannot be null Vertical changes the size of the area from top to bottom e Default 0 200 e Upper limit 2 183 e Lower limit 0 200 cannot be null x Defines the X coordinate for the lower left corner of the area e Default 0 000 e Upper limit 3 247 e Lower limit 0 000 Y Defines the Y coordinate for the lower left corner of the area e Default 0 000 e Upper limit 2 173 e Lower limit 0 000 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 82 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Click and Drag capability Click and drag the corners and the sides of an area to change size and location of area e The Horizontal Vertical size and X Y coordinates update accordingly Click and drag the area to change the location e The X Y coordinates update accordingly Selecting inches or mm radio button Select from the inches or mm radio button to change the measurement type Note This is similar to the choice on the Card tab e The inches radio button displays the area size and the location in inches
229. inter Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 83 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Feed Motor D900524 Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 15 minutes Preparation Remove the Covers Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer Remove all the Covers See the previous instructions Remove the Main Board Remove the two 2 screws that hold the Motor base to the Frame Replace the Motor Bracket Reconnect the wires at the Motor bottom Reverse the instructions to re assemble Disconnect the cable D900251 from the bottom of the Stepper Drive Motor HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 84 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Output Module Main Board A000394 Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 15 minutes Preparation Remove the Covers Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer Remove all the Covers See HDPII Output Module Cover Removal Procedures Disconnect the cable D900251 from the Board at J9 Disconnect the cable D900249 from the Board at J3 Disconn
230. inter and connect to the intended Printer using the correct IP address Can print from my PC to an Ethernet Printer on a different network segment Yes If you know the IP address of the Printer on any segment of your network you will be able to print to it Can use Fargo IP Tracer to locate Printers ona different network segment No The IP Tracer can only locate Fargo compatible Printers located in the same network segment as the PC running IP Tracer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 Continued on the next page 6 68 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing Frequently asked Questions continued Question Answer How do upgrade the Printer Firmware in my Ethernet enabled Printer Follow this procedure 1 7 Run the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility from the start menu Go to the Start gt Programs gt Fargo gt Fargo Workbench Printer Utility gt Fargo Workbench Select the Fargo Printer to upgrade from the drop down box Go to the Firmware Updates tab If you need to download the update file from the Internet select the Download Firmware button Choose the update file with the Select Firmware button Put your Printer into the upgrade mode See the instructions for your specific Fargo Printer Select the Send Firmware button How do upgrade the Print Server Firmware for my Printer Since the Print
231. ion provides two troubleshooting tables for the LCD error messages and the Printer error messages Each table uses a 3 column presentation to present a specific LCD or Printer error message its cause and its solution e This allows the troubleshooter to identify the error and its cause and then perform the procedure provided in the solution column e This standard mode of identifying the problem and its solution should provide an efficient method of troubleshooting this printer e f you encounter problems beyond the capabilities of these two error message tables you should contact www fargosupport com HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 3 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc How to use the LCD Error Message Table example provided The PC Error Message in Column 1 LCD Error Message provides the Lower Left Corner Number This number identifies the PC Error Message screenshot with its respective LCD Error Message e Note the correlation between Column 1 below and the PC Error Message window below e This allows you to correlate the LCD Error Message with the PC Error Message identifying number then troubleshoot your Printer as needed Display Single Example from the LCD Error Message Table Unable to Feed Card The Printer is unable to feed Verify there are cards in the a card from the Card cartridge Cartridge PC Error Message Nos 14 and 81 Matches with the scre
232. ioned just after the input hopper to lift debris off the card as it rolls over it A clean card surface improves print quality CD Compact Disc A 4 75 inch 12 cm optical disk that stores data written too and read from using a laser DMA Direct Memory Channels designated within the Windows operating environment Access that are used for dedicated high speed communication between the PC and the Printer port Centronics A parallel communications interface that has become the standard for connections to Printers designed by the Centronics Corp Coercivity The property of a Magnetic Stripe that indicates the amount of force needed before magnetic saturation measured in Oersted Oe Color matching The process of adjusting color hue saturation and brightness to duplicate a desired color An algorithm within the Driver which adjusts the color balance and provides output with the desired color automates this process Compressed air Air stored in a tank or produced by an aerosol can delivered by through nozzle at a high speed Used in the Printer to blow out debris Contrast The degree of difference in luminance of two areas Control panel The panel on the Printer from which the user can control Printer functions The Printer is usually composed of the control buttons and an LED or LCD display HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 Continued on t
233. ir Time 2 minutes Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel This part is contained in the Front Panel Trim Cover Step Procedure Lr Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 2 Remove the screw from the Magnetic Cover F000177 See the photo above Remove the Magnetic Cover Assembly Replace it 3 Reverse the instructions to re assemble HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 11 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Removing the Baseplate Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver Estimated Repair Time 20 minutes Preparation Remove all Covers Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel This procedure is used when replacing the Main Board Step Procedure A Caution Power off the Printer by unplugging the power cord from the Printer 2 Remove the two 2 screws from the Front of the Printer body Turn the Printer on its front and remove the three 3 Torx screws from the bottom center of the Printer base 3 Remove the wire connections Note Ensure each wire is labeled correctly Tilt base back to access the wires A Caution Do not allow any part of the metal Printer body to touch the Main Board 4 Gently ease the Baseplate off of the Printer body from the Motor side of the Printer HDPii
234. ire and sensor HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 88 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Section 17 Glossary of Terms Term Definition 24 bit color A color depth for an image that uses 8 bits for each color red blue green combining the possible 256 shades to provide a color depth of 16 7 million colors AC Alternating Current An electrical current that reverses its direction at regular intervals typically 50 60 times a second Adhesion The firm attachment of a material to the card surface confirmed by using the Tape Test pulling an applied piece of adhesive tape Scotch 600 or equivalent off the card at 1 sec in to see if any material is pulled off by the tape Algebraic A type of color matching that takes the colors value of pixels and applies them to an algebraic equation to adjust the levels of hue saturation and brightness ANSI American National Standards Institute The United States Representative to ISO providing standardization for U S Manufactures prior or in addition to acceptance by ISO ASCII American Standard Code for A standard for processing information in computer processors An 8 bit character set of 255 decimal numbers each assigned to Information numbers letters punctuation and special characters Interchange AT Refers to an IBM standard in early computing with regard to the chipset and fun
235. is then fused to the card through heat and pressure via a heated Roller The Printhead is capable of 256 shades with a sharper print and better color match Head Abbreviation for Printhead Heat sink A device used to dissipate heat into the ambient Heat Seal A resinous film transferred by the Printhead onto the back of an intermediate transfer film to facilitate adhesion HiCo High The Coercivity value of magnetic media between 2500 4000 Oe Coercivity ISO 7811 6 Most High Coercivity cards are 2750 Oe HTML HyperText Markup Language A standard protocol used to format text files for use in a browser or on the Internet HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol A standard protocol by which computers can transfer data compatible through multiple platforms IC Integrated Circuit An electronic device that contains many individual circuits interconnected and placed within a discrete package ID Identification An abbreviation for identification HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 17 97 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition IEEE 1284 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 1284 A standard method of signaling for a bi directional parallel interface on personal computers To ensure proper Printer communications and image output Fargo recommends a pa
236. ity to Even Parity OR e Select Odd Parity to change the Character Parity to Odd Parity Note This is the default for all tracks Magnetic Track Options Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 Character Size LAC Generation 7 Bits v Even Parity v ASCII Offset Encoding Mode SPACE x Odd Parity z Bit Density sia 210 BPI Eo Sl eee HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 75 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the ISO Track Locations The magnetic Encoding Module encodes onto tracks in accordance with an ISO 7811 2 Magnetic Stripe For track locations review the display below 0 223 0 353 0 493 macki foro I TRACK2 0 110 Se TRACK3 0 110 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 76 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Sending the Track Information Magnetic track data is sent in the form of text strings from the application software to the Printer Driver Fargo Electronics Inc In order for the Printer Driver to differentiate between Magnetic Track data and the rest of the printable objects specific characters must be added to the magnetic data to be encoded These specify the data that is to be encoded the tracks to encode and mark the start and stop of the data string In some cases these specific characters are automatically added to the string of track data by ID software applications In most cases the user
237. ized air Wipe it down with a lint free cloth 2 Clean the Printhead with a Printhead swab 3 Pack the Printer in the original carton and packing materials 4 Be sure to enclose any necessary paperwork test cards etc HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 12 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Section 13 Firmware Updates The purpose of this section is to provide the User with information on the internal software or Firmware which controls all aspects of the Printer s operation New Firmware versions may be released containing enhancements such as improved reliability added features or better print quality New Firmware updates can be downloaded from the Internet e Refer to the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility User Guide to download and install Firmware updates See the Fargo website to access this document e Important This is a new Printer Once new Firmware is released and made available via Step 2 below Steps 3 through 14 in this procedure will be enlarged with real world populated windows and dialogs Until that time please review this procedure only for future use HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 13 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Performing the Firmware Updates Step Procedure 1 Type in www fargosupport com to bring up the web site as shown below Display A Card
238. k must be the same as other devices on the network and that the unique IP address is part of the network specified by the subnet mask Printing a test page Step Procedure 1 Try printing a test page from the Printer Driver properties window See Frequently asked Questions 2 If you cannot print a test page then consider the following e There may be an error at the Printer e There may be a job in the Windows print queue which has stalled e The Printer may be paused or set to operate offline in the Windows print queue HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 66 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing Frequently asked Questions Question Answer How do know if my Printer has the Ethernet option installed All models come with Ethernet installed as standard equipment What PC operating systems work with my Ethernet Printer The Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 operating systems work with your Ethernet Printer How do connect my Printer to my network You can connect from the RJ45 network connection on the back of your Printer to an available connection on your network not directly to your PC You can use a good CAT 5 or better cable to make this connection How can find the MAC address of my Ethernet Printer e If you know the IP address of your Printer you can see the MAC address on the home web page of th
239. k settings of the Ethernet interface user Display information about the list user defined User names and their type root or guest privileges HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Telnet Command Table continued Telnet Command Command Purpose Command Format Ipq Display information about list lpq print jobs and their settings Printer Display information about list printer the Printer e g model number Firmware version and serial number Printer sm Display information about list printer sm the secure mark settings of the Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Telnet Command Table continued Telnet Command Command Purpose Command Format set sysinfo contact Set the contact string set sysinfo contact lt STRING gt location Set the location string set sysinfo location lt STRING gt label Set the label string set sysinfo label lt STRING gt from Set all strings from set sysinfo from default current default or current settings syslog name Change the name ofa set syslog lt LOG_NAME gt name system log path lt NEW_NAME gt type Change the type of a set syslog lt LOG_NAME gt type system log path This job pfault
240. l Print Install the correct Ribbon and press the Resume button located o the Printers LCD display To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button from the Driver s display dialog and the Cancel button located on the Printer s LCD display HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the LCD Error Message Table continued LCD Error Message No Smart Encoder PC Error Message No 33 Output Hopper Full Output Hopper Open Reject Output Hopper Printing Error PC Error Message No 107 Reboot Required PC Error Message Nos 9 65 67 and 163 You are trying to send encoding data but the Printer is not configured with this Encoder type The Sensor detects when the Output Hopper has been filled to prevent more cards from printing and causing a jam The Sensor detects when the Output Hopper has been opened When the Hopper is opened cards will not eject from the Output to ensure cards do not eject into the chassis The Sensor detects that the number of cards rejected is getting close to the 30 card capacity An error was detected during printing Unspecified system error detected by the Printer Firmware To cancel click on Cancel Print Check the Hopper and remove cards as needed Close the Output Hopper Press the Resume button Close the Output Hopper Press the Resume but
241. l and by varying the heat used to transfer these colors it is possible to print up to 16 7 million different shades of color Note This blends one color smoothly into the next producing photo quality images with absolutely no dot pattern e Dye Diffusion Thermal Transfer It is the process of heating a dye suspended in a cellulous substrate until the dye can flow diffusing into the dye receptive surface of the card or InTM Note This produces the image in the surface of the card HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 16 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components Resin Thermal Transfer to USB Interface Port Component Description Resin Thermal Transfer Resin Thermal Transfer is the print method the Printer uses to print sharp black text and crisp bar codes that can be read by both infrared and visible light bar code scanners Like dye sublimation this process uses the same thermal Printhead to transfer color to a film from a resin only Print Ribbon or the resin black K Panel of a full color Print Ribbon The difference however is that solid dots of resin based ink are transferred and fused to the surface of the film Note This produces very durable saturated printing Card Cartridge Load blank cards into this Cartridge Card Output Stores 100 cards Hopper LCD Display Displays the current status of the Printer Printhea
242. lay A 3 Remove the E Clips on both sides of the Platen Roller 3 Remove the bushings 4 Remove the Platen Roller by sliding it up and out See Display B 5 Reverse the instructions to re assemble HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 31 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Platen Card Roller D910101 Display A See Step 2 in this procedure D910101 Display B See Step 4 in this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 32 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Print Platen Roller D910109 Tools needed Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 10 minutes Preparation Remove all Covers Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer Important Card path removal makes parts removal easier Relates to other procedures 2 Remove the Printhead Assembly See Printhead Replacement Procedures 3 Remove the Stepper Motor See Replacing the Print Stepper Motor D910050 and or the Print Stepper Motor Belts F000093 2 used and or the Print Motor Stepper Gear D840888 See Display A 4 Hold the Gear on the Shaft and lift up the Shaft to the left to remove the Roller 5 Reverse the instructions
243. lection is used to create a custom form size from 1 0 x 3 0 to 2 204 to 3 452 25 4 X 76 2 mm to 56 X 87 7 mm The dimensions of the total print area for each card size will appear in the Print Width and Print Length boxes e These print area dimensions are 04 1mm larger than the actual card size This is so the Printer can overprint images to ensure they will appear Edge to Edge when transferred to the card e For this reason when designing a card format always set the card size or page size within the card design program to the exact Print Length and Width dimensions listed in the Printer Driver amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Card Size CR 80 whe m CR 80 pylCustom lenon 3452 Oe a ee m e e e Card Type Fargo UltraCard III v HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Card Type Select the appropriate card type according to the composition of the card stock Step Procedure 1 You have these selections to choose from e Fargo UltraCard III Default Card Type e Fargo UltraCard e HID ISO Prox Standard 13xx e HID ISO Prox Composite 15xx e HID Identity Standard IDx20A e HID Identity Composite HTx20E e HID iCLASS Standard 20xx e HID iCLASS Composite 21 x
244. lectronics Inc Section 8 Inhibit Panel Usage Using the Inhibit Panel HDPIl You can use the Inhibit Panel I designation under YMCKI to define areas on the surface of the card in order to prevent the transfer of film to the card surface Examples of where the Panel has potential use are to ensure that signature panels security holograms or pre printed graphics are not covered or obscured by print images or transfer film e When Active This feature is active when using YMCKI Ribbons e Application Usage An application which supports the use of text based objects is used to access and work with the Inhibit Panel Using Inhibit Panel via the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility You can use the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility to generate an Inhibit Panel Layout Note This utility allows the operator to add a rectangular area s that define which areas are to be inhibited e Inhibit Panel Placement Each print job generated from that individual client workstation will generate the instructions within the print job that place the corresponding area s on the I panel e Operating Systems This method works on all applications generating print jobs to the HDPii under all operating systems Note This is regardless of whether the printer being used is a shared instance from another workstation or an instance local to that particular workstation HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 8 1 RESTRICT
245. m has The printer has determined that the been detected inside the installed ribbon has either jammed Printer or broken a Open the Printer Cover and remove the Print Ribbon If ribbon is jammed remove jam and tighten ribbon Clear any cards in the printer by using the Forward and or Back buttons located on the Printer s LCD display Tape the ends of the Ribbon together and wind any excess onto the Take up Spool of the Print Ribbon Re install the Print Ribbon close the Printer Cover and press the Resume button located on the Printer s LCD display to continue printing To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button from the Driver s display dialog and the Cancel button located on the Printer s LCD display Ribbon Sensor Error The Printer cannot find Recalibrate the Ribbon Sensor the next panel on the Print using the Calibrate Ribbon Tab Ribbon within the Toolbox To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button from the Driver s display dialog and the Cancel button on the Printer s LCD display HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 24 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the Printer Error Message Table continued Printer Error Message Invalid Ribbon An incorrect Print Ribbon A non SecureMark Ribbon is has been installed in the installed in a SecureMark Printer Printer This is if you are using a SecureMark Ribbon a Replace
246. mes and passwords to revert to default To reset these settings select Menu Setup Printer Network Settings Reset Passwords Changing the LCD Network Settings The Printer encoder will display new menu entries when a the Ethernet option is installed and b the Printer has established communications to a host device e You can use these procedures to change network settings by using the new LCD menus Accessing the Network Setup Menu Step Procedure 1 Apply power to the Printer 2 Ensure that the Printer is connected to your network 3 Wait up to one 1 minute to allow the Printer to configure the IP address 4 Select Options on the LCD 5 Select Menu on the LCD 6 Select the Next button on the LCD until the Network Settings menu entry appears 7 Press Select when Network Settings appears on the LCD HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 59 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Changing the DHCP Setting Step Procedure 1 See the Accessing the Network Setup Menu procedure to access the Network Settings menu Options gt MENU gt Next gt Network Settings Select Next on the LCD to view the DHCP menu entry e DHCP Enabled indicates that the automatic IP assignment is selected e DHCP Disabled indicates that the static IP assignment is selected Press the Change button to switch the DHCP setting If yo
247. move oil and debris before working on the Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 2 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Cover Replacement Procedures Important These procedures can only be performed by authorized service personnel The HDP Printer now uses fewer screws to attach parts such as Covers and Sensors Many of the parts use a SNAP and CLIP process Each procedure will notify you of the SNAP and CLIP process used Most Sensors and Rollers SNAP in and out to attach Caution When replacing the Covers or any parts do NOT pinch any wires A Caution Please be careful not to force any of the snapping parts as they could break with too much pressure Reviewing the HDPII Covers Printer D910007 07 top cover A 091013401 cover 0910139 01 F00177 screw gt A D910238 07 SS F000417 screw cover with Cable and LCD s 4 front cover only D910131 01 4910133 01 Inpen Cover HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 3 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Front Door Assembly D910131 01 Tools needed Uses the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 2 minutes Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure A Caution Power off the Printer by unplugging the power cord from the Printer 2 Remove the
248. n result in death or serious injury Information that raises potential safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the left e To prevent personal injury refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol e To prevent personal injury always remove the power cord prior to performing repair procedures unless otherwise specified Caution A This device is electrostatically sensitive It may be damaged if exposed to static electricity discharges Information that raises potential electrostatic safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the left e To prevent equipment or media damage refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol e To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies e To prevent equipment or media damage always wear an appropriate personal grounding device e g a high quality wrist strap grounded to avoid potential damage e To prevent equipment or media damage always remove the Ribbon and Cards from the Printer before making any repairs unless otherwise specified e To prevent equipment or media damage take jewelry off of fingers and hands as well as thoroughly clean hands to remove oil and debris before working on the Printer H
249. n to start the Firmware upload See Display A below 11 Select Reboot when requested See Display B below Display A Selecting the Browse and Upgrade buttons File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ay 4 gt p 4 om s Q Back I x a A A Search PY Favorites Ea 7 S E LJ Address http 10 244 69 101 fupgrade html v g o Links Google G Goo EX YY Bookmarkse 1 blocked gt Q Settings Home Network Status Help System Upgrade Reboot Firmware Upgrade Current firmware version 1 2 2 Check for firmware updates at File to upload Upgrade Clear Changes After selecting a file to upload press the Upgrade button once to begin the firmware upgrade process Note The newly uploaded firmware will only take affect after reboot Internet HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 52 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Upgrading the Main Firmware continued Display B Continuing to reboot Microsoft Internet Explorer A The upgrade process will take a few minutes to complete Please wait until a page is served asking For confirmation to reboot Press OK to continue HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 53 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Print Path page The purpose of the Print Path page is to allow the User to view or change the TCP port
250. nation dye sublimation resin versions The Inhibit or I designation under YMCKI indicates the ability to prevent the transfer of film to the card surface Users can select these Ribbon types to prevent film from transferring over security features signature panel or other areas of special interest on the card surface To make it easier to remember which Print Ribbons are which a letter code has been developed to indicate the type of Ribbon panels found on each Ribbon This letter code is as follows Dye Sublimation Yellow panel Dye Sublimation Cyan panel K m Dye Sublimation Magenta panel Resin Black panel H Heat Seal panel Inhibit panel see note above HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 20 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Printer Components Blank Cards Fargo Electronics Inc A Caution Never run cards with a contaminated dull or uneven surface through the Printer Printing onto such cards will ultimately lead to poor print quality Always store the card stock in its original packaging or in a clean dust free container Do not print onto cards that have been dropped or soiled Type Description Card Size These Card Printers accept standard CR80 sized cards 3 375L x 2 125W 85 6mmL x 54mmW with a thickness of 30 mil to 50 mil 030 762mm Card The Printer will print onto any card with a clean level and polished PVC Design surface Importan
251. nc Replacing the Headlift Motor D910052 and Headlift Sensor D910216 continued Display A See Step 3 in this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 50 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Headlift Motor D910052 and Headlift Sensor D910216 continued Step Procedure 9 Replace the Headlift Motor Ensure the Shaft tab fits in to the hole provided in the Frame Note The top spine of the Shaft faces up The point of the Shaft must fit into the Frame hole provided See Displays C and D below 10 Reverse the instructions to re assemble A Caution Do not pinch the wires Note how wires are feed through See Displays E and F within this procedure Display C See Steps 6 7 and 9 in this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 51 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Headlift Motor D910052 and HeadLift Sensor D910216 continued Display E See Step 10 in this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 52 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Print Stepper Motor D910050 and or the Print Stepper Motor Belts F000093 2 belts and or the Print Motor Stepper Pulley D840888 Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 20 minutes Prepara
252. ncoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 9 28 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Section 10 Cleaning The Cleaning Kit part number for this Printer is 089200 For more detailed instruction please refer to the Cleaning Kit Instruction Sheet in the kit Important The Printer should be cleaned on a regular basis to ensure that the Printer consistently produces high quality output A Danger Be sure to disconnect the Printer s power cord whenever performing any type of maintenance procedure unless otherwise directed Important Card Printers require highly specialized Print Ribbons to function properly To maximize Printer life reliability printed card quality and durability you must use only Certified Supplies For this reason your Fargo warranty is void where not prohibited by law if you use non Certified Supplies To order additional materials please contact your authorized reseller Using the Required Supplies For the maintenance procedures outlined for the Printer you will need a Printer Cleaning Kit available from the reseller This optional kit includes the following e Printhead Cleaning Swabs pre moistened with 99 99 isopropyl alcohol for cleaning the Printer s Printhead e Cleaning Cards with an adhesive backing for cleaning the Printer s Cleaning Rollers e Gauze Pads pre moistened with 99 99 isopropyl alcohol for cleaning the Printer s interior and exterior e Alcohol Cards pre moistened with 99 99 isopropyl
253. ness TCP The Network protocol that allows reliable network communications between devices Protocol IP Internet The Network protocol that identifies devices and messages by addresses Protocol so that communications can occur between devices on different local networks TCP IP Network communications using TCP and IP protocols ICMP The Basic message protocol for the internet Internet Control Message Protocol DHCP The protocol used by a network to automatically assign network settings Dynamic to connected devices so that they will work together Host Configuration Protocol DNS Domain Defines the Network protocol that allows devices to find IP addresses Name from a network name server System DNS Server This is the address of the server that provides the translation from a Address descriptive name to an IP address DNS Domain This is the suffix to be added to the domain name to make a complete Suffix name HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 74 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Purpose SNMP This is protocol for the network management services This protocol Simple provides a means for network compliant devices called agents to store Network data about themselves in Management Information Bases MIBs and Management return this data to the SNMP requesters Protocol
254. nformation Interchange 17 89 AT 17 89 B Black 17 89 Back Cover Assembly D910132 01 16 5 Barcodes 17 90 Baseplate D860060 3 7 batch print 17 90 Battery Back up 17 90 Bi directional 17 90 BIOS Basic Input Output System 17 90 Bit 17 90 Bit map 17 90 black graphics 7 84 black text or barcodes 7 84 Board 17 90 Boot up 17 90 Buffer 17 90 Cable 17 90 Cache 17 91 Calibrating 17 91 Cancel button 2 19 Card Capacity 2 7 Card Cleaning Assembly 2 17 Card Count 5 36 Card Design 2 21 Card Feed Motor E000062 Gear D900208 16 84 Card Feed Motor Card Feed Roller D910074 16 39 16 40 card grid 7 87 Card Illustration 7 53 Card Input Guide adjustment 7 8 7 9 7 10 Card Input Hopper 2 17 2 22 2 23 Card Output Hopper 2 17 Card Path Assembly D910006 16 22 Card Path Sensor D910200 16 62 card Printer 16 1 Card Rollers 0910062 and Card Roller D910063 16 27 Card Size 2 21 7 12 card stock selection 7 2 Card Surface 2 21 Card Type 7 13 7 15 Card Type 2 7 Card Type Custom options 7 58 Card Type option 7 4 7 55 Card Type Selection 7 3 card warping 7 13 card s Magnetic Stripe smart chip 7 36 Cards Matte PVC H Panel Ribbon 74 Cards Matte PVC non H Panel Ribbon 7 4 CD Compact Disc 17 91 Centronics 17 91 Clean inside Printer 10 35 Clean outside of Printer 10 35 Cleaning Cartridge 10 37 Cleaning Roller 10 37 17
255. nics Inc Inserting the Card Cleaning Roller Step Procedure 1 Remove the Card Cleaning Roller from the Print Ribbon packaging and insert the Cleaning Roller onto the black spindle from the supply pack HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3 14 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Inserting the Card Cleaning Roller continued Step Procedure 2 Remove the protective sleeve from the Card Cleaning Roller HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3 15 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Inserting the Card Cleaning Roller continued Step Procedure 3 Insert the Card Cleaning Roller into the card input area HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3 16 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Blank Cards Step Procedure 1 Load the blank cards into the Card Cartridge as shown below Important The front of the card must face DOWN The back of the card or the magnetic stripe on the card must face UP The Smart Chip is loaded on the bottom HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Blank Cards continued Step Procedure 2 Place the Card Input
256. nition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3 6 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Removing the Output Side Upgrade Cover if applicable Tools needed Press the Release tab with a flat blade Use the Snap and Clip process Estimated Repair Time 1 minute Important This procedure only applies if the Printer comes equipped with the Output Side Upgrade Cover D910139 XxX Step Procedure A Caution Power off the Printer by unplugging the power cord from the Printer 2 Press the release tab in back while simultaneously pulling at the center of the bottom edge 3 Reverse instructions to re assemble Leave it off if your Printer is upgraded for the Output Side Panel Output Side Output Cover Upgrade Cover D810134 xx D910139 xx HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3 7 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Loading Procedures Loading the Print Ribbon Note Card Printers require highly specialized supplies to function properly e To maximize Printer life reliability printed card quality and durability you must use only Certified Supplies e For this reason your Fargo warranty is void where not prohibited by law if you use non Certified Supplies Step Procedure 1 Load the Print Ribbon into the Print Ribbon Cartridge until the Rolls click HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service
257. nnection outside of the building Function Requirement Network An IEEE 802 3 10 100 Base T Ethernet network is required Printer A Fargo Printer with the Ethernet option installed is required Printer Since TCP IP is used for the network communication the Printer Configuration must be configured with an IP address and a subnet mask before it can be seen on the network An additional network setting for the Default Gateway can also be configured which allows communication across the subnets Host Computer A PC running Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows 2003 Connected to the network is required Host Printer Driver The host PC must have installed the correct Printer Driver with Ethernet support Note This Driver must be configured for printing to the IP address of the Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 2 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Functional Specification Ethernet Option The Fargo Ethernet option includes these features Fargo Electronics Inc Feature Description Simultaneous Printing Provides the ability to simultaneously print from multiple PCs to the network Printer Printer Feedback Provides status information from the network Printer to the PC Web Pages Provides easy Printer configuration with any web browser Log Messages Provides logging of usage and error events via e mail UDP or TCP IP Pa
258. nplug the power cord from the Printer 2 Detach the Sensor wire from the Motor Applies to the Film Take Up Motor D910058 and the Ribbon Take Up Motor D910056 See Display A for Sensor placement 3 Remove the four 4 screws that hold the Motor to the Frame 4 Pull out the Motor 5 Replace the Film or Ribbon Take Up Motor 6 Reverse the instructions to re assemble See the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 46 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Film Take Up Motor D910058 and the Ribbon Take Up Motor D910056 Display A See Step 2 in this procedure D910056 Display B When installing sensor start the edge of the sensor at the top of the bracket and work the sensor down into position iS HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 47 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Headlift Motor D910052 and Headlift Sensor D910216 Tools needed Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 20 minutes Preparation Remove all Covers Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 2 Detach the Sensor wire D910216 from the top of the Headlift Motor D910052 3 Remove the
259. nt file which can be sent to the printer to verify the Inhibit Panel functionality To test the Panel perform these steps Step Procedure 1 Bring up the Printer Preferences dialog via Start gt Settings gt Printers and Faxes Right click on the HDPii printer instance then left click on Printer Preferences to select the Card tab 2 Click the Test Print button amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences M agnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Card Size CR 80 Xi inches mm Print Width 2 204 Print Length 3 452 a Card Type Fargo UltraCard III Orientation Portrait C Landscape Copies h ToolBox Test Print About HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 11 12 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Inhibit Panel Feature Operation The Inhibit feature allows the user to define areas on the card surface which will not accept any transfer of print data With the reverse image transfer technology used in this printer the color dye sublimation for colors or resin thermal transfer for black resin is transferred first onto a transfer film then that transfer film is used to fuse the coloring material onto the surface of the card The inhibit material is transferred to the film after any dye sublimation colors or resin thermal transfer ink are transferred to the film and before transfer
260. nter Driver will always place all odd numbered pages on the front side of the card and all even numbered pages on the back side with this option selected Dual Sided V Print Both Sides Split 1 Set of Ribbon Panels Print Back Image on Front of Card Print Back Side Only HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 31 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Using the Print Both Sides Split 1 Set of Ribbon Panels option Fargo Electronics Inc Use this option to provide the most economical means of printing a dual sided card since a single set of Ribbon Panels will be split to print both the front and backside of a card e This option becomes active when Print Both Sides is checked e The Default is active and unchecked except for YMCKK which is checked Step Procedure 1 Select this option to automatically print full color on the front of a card and resin black on the back of a card using YMCKK Print Ribbons e f using a YMCKK Ribbon the front of the card is printed with the YMCK Panels and the back is printed with the second K Panel Note 1 This option is automatically enabled when a YMCKK Ribbon type is selected Note 2 This option is not available if using a YMCKH Ribbon Dual Sided IW Print Both Sides Split 1 Set of Ribbon Panels Print Back Image on Front of Card Print Back Side Only Options Rotate Front 180 Degrees Rotate Back 180 Degre
261. nter Instances Functions 11 15 Inhibit Bitmap Network Shared Printer Instances Functions 11 15 Inhibit Bitmap File Placement Examples 11 16 Inhibit Bitmap File Description 11 16 Section 12 Packing the Card Printer 12 1 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 vii RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Section 13 Firmware Updates 13 1 Performing the Firmware Updates 13 2 Section 14 Fargo Technical Support 14 1 Contacting Fargo Technical Support 14 1 Reading the Serial Numbers on a Fargo Printer 14 2 Finding out when a Card Printer was manufactured 14 2 Reviewing Example No 1 Serial Number A9007001 14 2 Section 15 Reviewing Spare Parts Lists 15 1 Reviewing Spare Parts List for 15 1 Section 16 HDPII Parts Replacement 16 1 Safety Messages review carefully 16 2 Cover Replacement Procedures 16 3 Reviewing the HDPII Covers Printer 16 3 Replacing the Front Door Assembly D910131 01 16 4 Replacing the Back Cover Assembly D910132 01 16 5 Replacing the Input Side Cover D910133 01 16 6 Replacing the Output Side Upgrade Cover D910139 01 16 7 Replacing the Output Side Cover D910134 01 16 8 Replacing the Top Cover D910007 01 16 9 Replacing the Front Panel Trim Cover D910283 01 16 10 Replacing the Magnetic Cover D910138 01 16 11 Removing the Baseplate 16 12 Board Replacement Procedures 16 13 Replacing the Magn
262. o Electronics Inc DESCRIPTION SCALE SIZE J 4 0 300 B ASY FLIPPER COVERS IIA ENGINEERING USE ONLY PROJECT ASSY PART NUMBER ITEM NUMBER DRAWING FILE ENGINEERING MODEL NAME MODEL TYPE A Y W D910315 p9103I5 ASSEM SS DWG PHAT BANK DIIOSI5 D9IOSI5 2 3 8 IO 2 2 3 4 5 8 9 IO 2 COLOR OPTION TABLE a ITEMIQTY ITEM NUMBER TYPE DESCRIPTION FARGO PART NUMBER COLOR D910244 O BLACK SILVER D000446 PART PCB STATION INTF ARMSTRONG G AS D 2 D910289 ASSEMBLY ASM HDP5000 FI LOCK FLIPPER 3 D910293 ASSEMBLY ASY FLIPPER MECH NOT PRODUCTION
263. ology Cards File Actions Help Utilities 70 a Q Run Tests v Inhibit Panel Layout Front Back Enable Front Inhibit Panel Drawing Tools Inhibit Panel Design Template Rectangle Direction Card Travels Through Printer HDPii Card Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 8 3 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using Inhibit Panel with an Application Some applications can utilize the inhibit panel by using text objects containing a i within the print job itself The i is followed by the file path and file name of a bitmap file which is merged when the print job is rendered e Rendering is the process which changes the application output to instructions that the printer understands e This string will be removed from the print and the bitmap will be used to define the area where the transfer is to be inhibited Generating Text Objects e Incompatible Applications which do not print text as objects Some Windows applications create print jobs but do not generate text objects within the print job output o These types of application are not compatible with the inhibit panel and will not generate the correct print output If an application saves its files as a single bitmap the text will not be sent to the printer to be handled correctly o inthis case the i string may appear printed on the card instead of being substituted with the inh
264. olor print job with magnetic encoding Step Process 1 The File information is received from the PC 2 The Heater warms up and or maintains the heat on the hot Roller using the RTD Resistive Thermal Device to help maintain the desired temp 3 The DC Motor and Stepper Motor turn ON and run until a card is seen by the card Sensor which will cause the Card Input Motor to stop The Stepper will continue to run a certain number of steps to position the card under the Card Feed Position Sensor 4 For a magnetic print job the Stepper will continue moving the card until the trailing edge is positioned under the Mag Head All stop 5 Stepper will turn ON in reverse direction and encode card All stop 6 Stepper will again turn on and position the trailing edge of the card under the Mag Head All stop 7 Stepper will turn ON in reverse direction and verify data encoded onto mag stripe 8 Stepper continues transporting card until the trailing edge is positioned under the Card Feed Position Sensor All stop 9 The Ribbon Drives turn ON and move until the correct panel is found by the Print Ribbon Sensor All stop Note The Print Ribbon Encoder is active during this step This step occurs simultaneously with Step 10 below 10 The Film Drives turn ON until the Film is positioned with the Film Print Alignment Sensor Note This is the closest Sensor to the Print Platen Roller All stop Note The
265. on 5 Bits Even Parity ASCII Offset Encoding Mode ZERO v Odd Parity v Bit Density HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 69 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Magnetic Track Options See the previous page Magnetic Track Options Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 Character Size LAC Generation 5 Bits Even Parity a ASCII Offset Encoding Mode ZERO Odd Parity z Bit Density 210 BPI lt a0 Sj HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 70 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Character Size buttons Use this option to customize the Character Data Size Bits per Character used to encode the magnetic data on the currently selected track Note This character size includes the parity bit if enabled Ea Procedure e Select 5 Bits to change the bits per character to 5 BPC Note This is the default for Tracks 2 and 3 OR e Select 7 Bits to change the bits per character to 7 BPC Note This is the default for Track 1 OR e Select 8 Bits to change the bits per character to 8 BPC Magnetic Track Options Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 Character Size LAC Generation 7 Bits v Even Parity v i 5 Bits Encoding Mode 7 Bits Odd Parity z Bit Density 210 BPI lt pu 4 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 71 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc
266. on Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 29 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Dual Sided Group Functions The Dual Sided group checkboxes shown below are grayed out if no Output is automatically found or if the Dual Sided is manually turned off See the procedures in this section for more instructions amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Supplies Mag aman Panel Resin Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Supplies Automatically detect the installed Ribbon and Film for every print job Ribbon Type Film Type ter a Dual Sided V Print Both Sides Split 1 Set of Ribbon Panels Print Back Image on Front of Card Print Back Side Only Options Rotate Front 180 Degrees Rotate Back 180 Degrees F Disable Printing HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 30 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Dual Sided Print Both Sides option Use this option to automatically print on both the front and backside of a card Step Procedure 1 Select this option in conjunction with any application program that supports a multiple page document duplex printing Note The program must be able to send down two or more separate pages to be printed within the same document 2 e Page 1 will be transferred to the front side of the card e Page 2 will be transferred to the backside of the card e The Pri
267. on or the Cancel button located on the Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 26 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the Printer Error Message Table continued Printer Error Cause Message No Magnetic A print job with Magnetic Ensure that no encoding data is Encoder Installed encoding was sent with no being sent with the print job and Magnetic encoder reprint the card installed in the printer Mag Verify Error The printer is unable to Check the Cards and click on verify encoded data Cancel Print No Mag Strip The Printer is unable to Check the Cards and click on Present find a Magnetic stripe on Cancel Print the card No Smart Card No Smart Card Encoder is To cancel click on Cancel Print Encoder installed in the printer No Prox Card No Proximity Card To cancel click on Cancel Print Encoder Encoder is installed in the printer Headlift Error The Headlift Sensor is not Reboot the Printer by cycling power detecting movement from the Headlift Cam To cancel press the Cancel Print button Invalid Password The Password entered is Press OK to enter another not a valid password password To cancel press the Cancel Print button HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 27 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the Printer Error Message Table continued Printer Error Cause Messag
268. on the network or to troubleshoot the connection HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 75 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Section 7 Printer Adjustments The purpose of this section is to provide the User with specific information on Printer adjustment procedures Safety Messages review carefully Symbol Critical Instructions for Safety purposes Danger A Failure to follow these installation guidelines can result in death or serious injury Information that raises potential safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the left e To prevent personal injury refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol e To prevent personal injury always remove the power cord prior to performing repair procedures unless otherwise specified Caution A This device is electrostatically sensitive It may be damaged if exposed to static electricity discharges Information that raises potential electrostatic safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the left e To prevent equipment or media damage refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol e To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies e To
269. opening the Printers Cover and using the Forward and or Back buttons located on the Printer s Front Cover Ensure that the Output Module can rotate freely Close the Printer s Flipping Module Cover Press the Resume button on the Printer s Front Cover to continue printing To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button from the Driver s display dialog Head Loading An unrecoverable error has Reset the Printer and try occurred during printing again If this problem persists call for technical assistance PC Error Message No 111 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 9 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the LCD Error Message Table continued Head Resistance The EE setting in Driver for Enter a value for head head resistance is out of resistance in the EE settings in PC Error Message range the Driver No 6 Reset the correct value according to the steps in the Troubleshooting Section If this problem persists call for technical assistance Head Sensor Error The Printhead Temperature If the problem persists call for Sensor is not functioning or technical assistance is not connected properly OR The Printhead is not cooling properly PC Error Message No 8 Head Voltage Error A hardware fault has Reset the Printer and try prevented setting the correct again PC Error Message Printhead voltage Nos 103 and 10
270. ote The lower limit is 75 and upper limit is 210 Magnetic Track Options Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 Character Size LAC Generation 7 Bits x Even Parity v ASCII Offset Encoding Mode SPACE Odd Parity 7 Bit Density 210 BPI v 75 BPI 128 BPI 210 BPI Custom BPI HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 73 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the LRC Generation dropdown list Use this option to customize the LRC Generation Mode used to encode the magnetic data on the currently selected track Step Procedure e Select No LRC to change the LRC Generation to none OR e Select Even Parity to change the LRC Generation to Even Parity Note This is the default for all tracks OR e Select Odd Parity to change the LRC Generation to Odd Parity Magnetic Track Options Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 Character Size LAC Generation 7 Bits Y Even Parity z ASCII Offset No LAC Even Parity SPACE v Odd Parit Bit Density 210 BFI lt o0 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 74 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Encoding Mode dropdown list Use this option to customize the Encoding Mode used to encode the magnetic data on the currently selected track Step Procedure e Select No Parity to change the Character Parity to none OR e Select Even Parity to change the Character Par
271. other areas of special interest on the card surface Full color YMC 750 prints Full color with resin black YMCK 500 prints Full color with two resin black Panels YMCKK 500 prints Full color YMC with resin black and heat seal panel for difficult to print surfaces YMCKH 500 prints Full Color Inhibit YMCI 500 prints Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 13 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Technical Specifications continued Term Description Print Speed Batch Mode Print Speed Batch Mode e 38 seconds per card 95 cards per hour YMC with transfer e 46seconds per card 78 cards per hour YMCK with transfer e 70 seconds per card 51 cards per hour YMCKK with transfer e 70 seconds per card 48 cards per hour YMCKI with transfer Print speed indicates an approximate print speed It is measured from the time a card feeds into the Printer until the time it ejects from the Printer Print speeds do not include encoding time or the time needed for the PC to process the image Process time is dependent on the size of the file the CPU amount of RAM and the amount of available resources at the time of the print Resolution 300 dpi 11 8 dots mm Single Wire USB 2 0 Encoding Options e ISO Magnetic Stripe Encoding dual high and low coercivity Tracks 1 2 and3 e Contactless Smart Card Encode
272. oting with the LCD Error Message Table continued Mag Encoder Paused The Magnetic Encoder is in PC Error Message a pause state No 143 Mag Encoder Startup A problem was detected Reset the Printer and try Error during Printer start up again PC Error Message If this problem persists call for No 63 and 141 technical assistance Mag Verify Error Print could not verify MAG Check the Cards and click on write Cancel Print OR The magnetic stripe was not encoded properly PC Error Message No 30 Multiple Feed Multiple cards were fed into Remove all cards and try the Printer again PC Error Message No 70 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 12 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the LCD Error Message Table continued LCD Error Message No E card Encoder PC Error Message No 202 No Film PC Error Message No 28 No Flip Module PC Error Message No 201 You are trying to send encoding data but the Printer is not configured with this Encoder type Film is not installed in the Printer OR Film RFID tag is bad Two sided job sent to a one sided Printer You are trying to send encoding data but the Printer is not configured with this Encoder type Install the Film and press Resume To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button or the Cancel button located on the Printer Verify the P
273. ove the brass bushing form the Motor side Leave the brass bushing on the Sensor side in place HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 78 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Output Roller Assembly D900236 Tools needed SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 15 minutes Preparation Remove the Covers Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Procedure Remove all the Covers See HDPI Output Module Cover Removal Procedures Unwind the Output Module Sensor Bundle Cable from the top of the Output Roller Assembly See the next page A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 79 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Output Roller Assembly D910236 Step Procedure The Output Roller Assembly D900236 clips into the two 2 slots on either side of the Frame Gently pull the Assembly from the Sensor side Frame just enough for the Assembly to be pulled out from its slots Refer to the display below HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 80 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Output Module Flipper Roller D900123 Tools needed SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 15 minutes Preparation Remove the Covers
274. p Procedure 1 Select Portrait to cause the card to print in a vertical orientation OR Select Landscape to cause the card to print in a horizontal orientation amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Card Size CR 80 Y inches C mm Print Width 2 204 Print Length 13 452 Card Type Fargo UltraCard III v Orientation Portrait C Landscape Copies Diagnostics Test Print About ToolBox HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Specifying the number of Copies Specifies the number of copies to be printed e The upper limit is 10000 and the lower limit is 1 amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Card Size CR 80 Y inches C mm Print Width 2 204 H Print Length 3 452 Card Type Fargo UltraCard III v Orientation Portrait Landscape Diagnostics Test Print About ToolBox HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 18 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Diagnostics button This will launch the Diagnostic tool if installed amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device
275. p on the pulley Replace it with the new pulley HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 75 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Gear D860280 Transport Gear 810266 Pulley Main D850190 Belt 220082 D30021 Replacing the Output Module Flipper Assembly D900205 Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 20 minutes Preparation Remove the Covers Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure VAN Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 76 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc 4 the Printer 2 Remove all the Covers See HDPII Output Module Cover Removal Procedures 3 Remove the pulleys and Gears See Replacing the Output Module Module Gears Remove the Card Feed Motor See Replacing the Card Feed Motor D9000524 contains E000062 and D900208 Remove the Output Module Sensor See Replacing the Output Module Sensor bundle D900249 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 77 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Output Module Flipper Assembly D900205 Remove both E Clip s for both sides of the Shaft Replace it with New Output Module assembly Reverse the instructions to re assemble Rem
276. play below The printing surface is vertical and faces the left side 5 Reinstall the cartridges and close the cover once the Printhead is completely dry HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 10 36 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Cleaning Roller A Caution Replace the Card Cleaning Tape approximately every time the Print Ribbon is changed Steps Procedure 1 Remove the Card Cartridge to access the Cleaning Roller 2 Remove the cleaning roller as shown in Display A 3 Replace with the new Card Cleaning Roller HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 10 37 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Cleaning the Magnetic Encoder A Danger Be sure to disconnect the Printer s power cord whenever performing any type of maintenance procedure unless otherwise directed Procedure Open the Front Cover and remove the Film Cartridge Remove the Magnetic Cover to access the Magnetic Head Use an alcohol wipe from the cleaning kit to clean the Magnetic Head See Display B below Replace the Magnetic Head and Magnetic Cover Continued on the next page Remove the Magnetic Head See Display A below HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 10 38 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Cleaning the Magnetic Encoder Display A Display B HD
277. prevent equipment or media damage always wear an appropriate personal grounding device e g a high quality wrist strap grounded to avoid potential damage e To prevent equipment or media damage always remove the Ribbon and Cards from the Printer before making any repairs unless otherwise specified e To prevent equipment or media damage take jewelry off of fingers and hands as well as thoroughly clean hands to remove oil and debris before working on the Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Important Card Printers require highly specialized Print Ribbons to function properly To maximize Printer life reliability printed card quality and durability you must use only Certified Supplies For this reason your Fargo warranty is void where not prohibited by law if you use non Certified Supplies To order additional materials please contact your authorized reseller Printing on Alternate Card Stocks Selecting the Right Cards and optimizing the Print Process In order to optimize the Card Printer s capabilities for cards with hard to print surfaces we recommend evaluating the card stock selection before installation of the Printer The variability in cards based on e Different surface textures and different sources of raw materials This may require different Film transfer parameters e Varied methods of assembling IC smart cards
278. r Advanced Settings 1 Remove Card Film and Laminate cartridges and close the covers 2 Remove the paper backing from both sides of the Cleaning Card Note DO NOT remove left liner if a magnetic encoding module is installed in your printer 3 Insert the Cleaning Card into the Card Hopper s infeed rollers See the diagram below 4 Click on the Clean button below 5 Guide the Cleaning Card into the printer if necessary 6 When the Cleaning routine is compelete the Cleaing Card will exit the Printer 7 Reinstall the Card Film and Laminate cartridges Note The Cleaning routine will begin after all current print jobs have completed RO Cancel Help HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 9 24 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Clean Printer Group Box The default setting is checked If checked Printer Cleaning Notification dialog box is displayed when Firmware EE setting changes after 3000 cards Note Firmware EE setting resets upon clean command being sent to the Firmware Clean Now radio button This is the default every time this message box launches Clean Now radio button When this is chosen and click OK the Toolbox is launched open to Clean Printer tab Remind Me radio dial This activates a drop down for the user to choose a number of cards to print until the next reminder If the user chooses Never then the Clean Printer notification is cl
279. r HID iClass and MIFARE e Contact Smart Card Encoder reads from and writes to all ISO7816 1 2 3 4 memory and microprocessor smart cards T 0 T 1 as well as synchronous cards e Prox Card Reader HID read only Software Drivers Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 2 14 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Technical Specifications Term Description Supply 50 Hz 60 Hz Frequency Supply Voltage 100 240 VAC 3 8A Supported Please see below Printers Models Ethernet USB System Requirements x86 based PC or compatible Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows 2003 500MHz computer with 256MB of RAM or higher 500MB free hard disk space or higher Warranty Printer Two year including On Call Express U S only optional Extended Warranty Program U S only see below for more detail Two 2 Year Factory Warranty Covers parts and depot repair First year On Call Express loaner printer 2 year On Call Express available for a fee This must be purchased before the first year On Call Express expires Extended Warranties available Printhead Lifetime unlimited pass with Fargo certified Cards HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 15 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Functional Specifications The Card Printer ut
280. r Service Manual Rev 1 0 18 3 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Parallel Port 17 101 Parts Replacement 16 1 Pass Count 5 36 Pause button 2 19 PC Personal Computer 17 101 PCB Printed Circuit Board 17 101 Peel 17 101 Peel Off 17 101 Peripheral 17 101 PET 17 102 Photo 7 44 Pinch Roller 17 102 Pixel 17 102 Platen 17 102 Platen Card Roller D910101 16 31 Platen Rollers 10 32 PolyGuard Overlaminate 17 102 Port 17 102 Portrait 17 102 Portrait Landscape 7 17 positive negative image placement values 7 54 Potentiometer 17 102 Power Port 2 17 Print All Black With K Panel 7 84 Print Area 2 13 Print Back Side First option 7 33 Print back side only 7 34 print both sides 7 31 7 32 Print Both Sides option 7 32 7 34 Print Driver 17 102 Print Job 17 102 Print Length 2 8 7 12 Print Platen Roller D910109 16 33 Print Ribbon 10 35 Print Ribbon Options 2 13 Print Ribbons 2 20 Print Server 17 102 Print Speed 2 14 Print Speed Batch Mode 2 14 Print Station 10 36 Print Status Screen 2 19 Print Stepper Motor D910070 Print Stepper Motor Belts FO00093 2 Print Motor Stepper Gear D840888 16 53 16 54 Print Test Image 5 32 print the first page of a two page document 7 33 Print Width 2 8 7 12 Print YMC Under K and Print K Only options 7 90 Print YMC Under K Print K Only options 7 90 Print Transfer Stations 10 32 printed image 7 54 printed text and b
281. r before making any repairs unless otherwise specified To prevent equipment or media damage take jewelry off of fingers and hands as well as thoroughly clean hands to remove oil and debris before working on the Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 4 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Security Lock Slot Important Compatible locks are not sold by Fargo Electronics however they are readily available from computer stores HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 4 2 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Security Lock Slot on the continued The Printer has a Security Lock Slot located in the back lip of the metal chassis to accommodate a standard laptop security lock e To prevent unauthorized removal of the Printer attach an industry standard security cable to an immovable object and then lock the cable to the Security Lock Slot Note Fargo does not sell any type of locking device but provides this feature for your added security e The lock slot has a plastic covering that needs to be penetrated by the lock Note Simply push the lock end into the slot with adequate force to break the protective film Follow the locking procedure recommended by the lock vendor HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 4 3 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Section 5 General Trouble
282. r capacity 030 762mm Includes Reject Hopper capability when connected to the Output Module with available storage on the Output Tray HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 7 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Technical Specifications continued Standard sizes Term Description Card Sizes See Card tab under Printer Adjustments Accepted e CR 80 This selection is the default form size for the Printer This will print a 2 125 in W x 3 370 in L 54mm W x 85 6mm L image including a 04 over bleed on each of the 4 sides e CR 80 default values Card Size supported is 2 204 in W X 3 452 in L 56mm W X 87 7 mm L Standard Card Size in inches Printer Driver gt Card tab Card Size CR 80 wl e Card Size CR 80 zl C inches Print Width 56 0 Print Length 187 7 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Technical Specifications continued Term Description Card Size Sets Custom Card Size when closing dialog box Custom E e selection e Print Width default 2 204 upper limit 2 440 lower limit 1 000 cannot be null e Print Length default 3 452 upper limit 3 704 lower limit 3 000 cannot be null Changing back to CR 80 resets to CR 80 defaults Custom Card Size in inches Printer Driver gt Card tab Card Size CR 80
283. r server workstation depending upon the setting chosen in the printer instance e Rendering Engine Since the rendering engine looks for the file with the I command the file location specified within the command is relative to the server workstation on Windows 2000 XP and 2003 Note For example it must exist in that location on the server workstation or on the corresponding workstation depending upon your settings within that instance for Windows Vista e Example Place a IC Test inhibit omp text object within a Corel Draw print job against a local HDPii printer instance under Windows XP to cause the printer driver to look for a file with that name and location on the local workstation Note This is because both the server and client portions of the printer driver processing occur on the local workstation e Inhibit Area Location The location of the inhibit area within the print job is the upper left hand corner where the TextOut string is placed upon the drawing within the application Note The inhibit file bitmap must contain one bit per pixel e g monochrome at 300 dots per inch e Print Size If the inhibit bitmap is larger than the page print size it is trimmed to fit The normal print size for a HDPii CR 80 card is 2 204 by 3 452 inches Note With that print size the maximum size of the inhibit bitmap area would be 661 by 1035 pixels e Bitmap Black Areas The black areas of the bitmap are the areas that w
284. rallel interface cable that complies with this specification Image A collection of pictures or graphical elements that compose the visual features on a card Also refers to the digital representation Inhibit panel The Inhibit or designation under YMCKI indicates the ability to prevent the transfer of film to the card surface Users can select these Ribbon types to prevent film from transferring over security features signature panel or other areas of special interest on the card surface Input Any data or material being transferred to the Printer Input Hopper The area of the Printer that stores the blank cards ready to print Intermediate Transfer A thin flexible material coated with a resin material into which the Media InTM dye is transferred from the Ribbon by the Printhead The film is then transferred to the card surface by the Transfer or Hot Roller ISO From the Greek iso meaning same Used to represent data from the International Organization for Standardization JIS II Japanese Industrial Standard The standard for encoding to a Magnetic Stripe provided by the Japan Standards Association The single track is as wide as ISO tracks 1 and 2 combined and in the same approximate location as those tracks but on the front of the card The Coercivity level is 600 Oe K Panel An area of a multicolored Ribbon e g YMCK that contains black resin for transfer to the card surfac
285. rd Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Card Size CR 80 XJ inches C mm Print Width 2 204 al Print Lenath 3 452 Card Type Fargo UltraCard III v Orientation Portrait Landscape Copies i Diagnostics Test en About __ ToolBox __ ToolBox a ee HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 8 13 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Using the Test Print TEST HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 Fargo Electronics Inc RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting the Inhibit Panel If you are having trouble getting the Inhibit Panel to produce the expected results verify the following information e You have used a lower case i not an upper case I Some applications have an auto correct feature that will change the case on the small i e The bitmap file being used is at the location on the workstation see notes above regarding shared printer instances as specified by the text object e The bitmap file is monochrome e g black and white e The size of the bitmap image is large enough to cover the space you are seeking to inhibit Note The printer resolution is 300 dpi on both the horizontal and vertical axis which will aid you in placement of the image Oversize images will be truncated at the size of the card e The bitmap
286. re self extracting Zip archives Note A Zip archive is a package containing one or more files It has been zipped to make it smaller and provide easy downloading of numerous files simultaneously An archive that is self extracting is capable of unzipping itself Click OK then choose the folder in which you would like to save the Printer Driver file Note You may want to save it in an empty folder to prevent mingling its files with others already on the computer Once the file has completely downloaded to the computer unzip the contents of the file by simply double clicking on it Note The archive will unzip itself revealing its contents as a new list of files within the folder To install click the Start button point to Settings and select Printers Double click on the Add Printer icon Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 8 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Installing Printer Driver Updates Step Procedure 5 Follow the on screen instructions to begin installation See Printer Driver Installation Note When prompted click on the Have Disk button the Install From Disk window will appear 6 Click on Browse navigate to the folder containing the Printer Driver files you just downloaded and unzipped and click on OK Click on OK again to close the Install From Disk window and then click on NEXT 7 Follow the remain
287. ring the film to the card Note Thus the inhibit material prevents the coloring material from being transferred to the card Examples of where this feature may be used are signature panels and magnetic stripe areas There are two ways to use the Inhibit Panel feature e Define inhibit areas using the Fargo Workbench e Define inhibit areas using the application software Using the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility For Inhibit Area Placement The first way to utilize the Inhibit Panel feature is to use the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility to add rectangular inhibit areas Each print job generated from the client computer will contain the instructions to place the corresponding inhibit area s on the card surface Using the Fargo Workbench to define the inhibit area works regardless of whether the printer being used to print jobs is a shared instance from another computer e g on a local area network or an instance local to that computer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 11 13 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Application For Inhibit Area Placement The second way of using the Inhibit Panel feature is to use application software together with control commands embedded within the application file The application must support the functionality of the TextOut feature e Not all applications provide this functionality Note Applications which support TextOut include Corel Dr
288. rinter and unplug the power cord from the Printer 2 Remove the two 2 screws from the Card Feed Motor and Roller D910074 See display below HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 39 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Feed Motor Roller Assembly D910074 Step Procedure 3 Unplug the wire from the Motor 4 Pull out the Motor with the Roller 0910074 5 Reverse the instructions to re assemble Insert the Shaft end into the hole provided Note The Motor and screws will only fit one way Replace the wire HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 40 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Film Supply Motor D910055 Ribbon Supply Motor D910057 and RFID Board A000365 Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 20 minutes each Preparation Remove all Covers For RFID replacement remove the Printer from the base See the Removing the Baseplate procedure Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel NE D910057 Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer This procedure is used to replace the RFID Boards A000365 The same procedure is used for both Supply Motors D910055 and D910057
289. rinter has flipper capabilities via the LCD Menu If Output capabilities are present ensure that the Print Both Sides option in the Driver is set correctly Press the Resume button on the Printer s Front Cover to continue printing To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button from the Driver s display dialog HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the LCD Error Message Table continued LCD Error Message No iClass Encoder PC Error Message No 177 No Mag Module PC Error Message No 31 No MiFare Encoder PC Error Message No 203 No Prox Encoder PC Error Message No 32 No Ribbon PC Error Message No 25 You are trying to send encoding data but the Printer is not configured with this Encoder type MAG encoding job sent to Printer without a MAG encoder You are trying to send encoding data but the Printer is not configured with this Encoder type You are trying to send encoding data but the Printer is not configured with this Encoder type You are trying to send encoding data but the Printer is not configured with this Encoder type No Ribbon is installed in the Printer OR The Ribbon RFID tag is bad You are trying to send encoding data but the Printer is not configured with this Encoder type To cancel click on Cancel Print To cancel click on Cance
290. rious injury Information that raises potential safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the left To prevent personal injury refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol To prevent personal injury always remove the power cord prior to performing repair procedures unless otherwise specified To prevent personal injury make sure only authorized service personnel perform these procedures Caution A This device is electrostatically sensitive It can be damaged if exposed to static electricity discharges Information that raises potential electrostatic safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the left To prevent equipment or media damage refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies To prevent equipment or media damage always wear an appropriate personal grounding device e g a high quality wrist strap grounded to avoid potential damage To prevent equipment or media damage always remove the Ribbon and Cards from the Printer before making any repairs unless otherwise specified To prevent equipment or media damage take jewelry off of fingers and hands as well as thoroughly clean hands to re
291. s continued Step Procedure 2 This will launch the Technical Support page e Click on the Firmware selection box e Using the drop down menu select the Printer e Click on the Go button as shown below Z FARGO Tech Support Microsoft Internet Explorer BAR File Edit Yiew Favorites Tools Help Q sac x a A D Search 5 Favorites B A g El i Address http www Fargosupport com Ja Go Links i y Google Tech G v Go g E Y Bookmarks gt Q Settingsv a Support S Drivers Firmware amp User s Guides Troubleshooting Software Archive Register Warranties lt amp Tech Support Home This Web site is designed to help support you and your Fargo card printer and software Download printer drivers printer firmware user s guides and troubleshooting information Or find an Authorized Service Provider in your area If you dont find what you need please contact us and we ll get back to you right away Tech Support Search What type of product Product Type For what product a O Troubleshooting Archive 5 007 FARGO Electronics Inc All Rights Reserved FAI Es Internet HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 13 4 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Performing the Firmware Updates continued Step Procedure 4 Click on the Printer nam
292. screwdriver using oe the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 30 minute 0910063 Preparation Remove all Covers _ m Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service 1310062 personnel _ 4 D910065 Step Procedure 1 A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer Important Card path removal makes parts removal easier Remove the two 2 large Gears D860280 and D9101 12 to access the Rollers Note These Gears are attached with an E Clip and a C Clip See Display A within this procedure Remove the three 3 Main Plastic Gears D910110 to access the Roller D910062 Note These are snap on Gears See Display B within this procedure Unsnap the Roller Shaft D910062 from the Frame and slide it out Leave the Gear on the Shaft HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 27 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Rollers D910062 and Card Roller D910063 and Card Roller D910065 continued Step Procedure 5 Remove the Roller 0910065 according to Steps 1 to 4 above Note The Gear remains on the Shaft 6 To remove the Card Roller D910063 located in the center of the Card Path remove the two 2 Gears D910110 See Display C within this procedure 7 Move the Roller on the Shaft up and out through the hole provided See Display D within
293. shooting The purpose of this section is to provide the User with specific procedures relating to the LCD Messages Communication Errors Card Feeding Errors Encoding Errors Printing Process Errors Transfer Process Errors and Diagnosing the Image Problems for the Printer Important Card Printers require highly specialized print Ribbons to function properly To maximize Printer life reliability printed card quality and durability you must use only Certified Supplies For this reason your Fargo warranty is void where not prohibited by law if you use non Certified Supplies To order additional materials please contact your authorized reseller LCD Messages The LCD display shows the current status of the Printer Refer to the cause and solution tables in this section for all possible LCD messages Note These tables display the LCD messages in alphabetical order If the LCD message is communicating an error or requires an action these tables will also offer a solution to what should be done HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Safety Messages review carefully Symbol Critical Instructions for Safety purposes Danger A Failure to follow these installation guidelines can result in death or serious injury Information that raises potential safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the left To prevent personal injury
294. sing the Printer Supplies tab Use the options on this tab to view information about the Ribbon and Film installed in the Printer Note The gauges are horizontal amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin i Supplies Ribbon Type YMCKH Full Color Resin Black Heat Seal Reorder 84056 HDP Film Type Clear Reorder 84053 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 92 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing Information on the Supplies tab Here are the guidelines for automatic positioning on the Supplies tab Step Procedure Use this tab to determine the following information see below e Ribbon Level Type Reorder Number and Gauge Indicator e Film Level Type Reorder Number and Gauge Indicator HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 93 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing Information on the Supplies tab Relates to the procedure on the previous page amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Card Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Ribbon Type YMCKH Full Color Resin Black Heat Seal Reorder 84056 HDP Film Type Clear Reorder 84053 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 94 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo E
295. splay dialog or press the Cancel button located on the Printer s LCD display HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 22 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the Printer Error Message Table continued Printer Error Cause Message Ribbon RFID Error The ribbon tag information Check that the Ribbon is installed is corrupted or incorrect properly Cancel is the only option Press the Cancel Print button from the Driver s display dialog or the Cancel button located on the Printer s LCD display Wrong Ribbon An incorrect ribbon has Check that the ribbon is correct for Installed been installed or a driver the printer and job Press the setting is incorrect Resume button located on the Printer s LCD display to continue printing To cancel the print press the Cancel Print button from the Driver s display dialog or the Cancel button located on the Printer s LCD display No Ribbon Installed No Print Ribbon is Install the correct Ribbon and press installed in the Printer Resume on the LCD display Ribbon Out The Print Ribbon installed Install a new Ribbon and press in the printer is empty Resume on the LCD display HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 5 23 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the Printer Error Message Table continued Printer Error Message Ribbon Break Jam A Ribbon break ja
296. ssages review carefully Symbol Critical Procedures for Safety purposes Danger A Failure to follow these installation guidelines can result in death or serious injury Information that raises potential safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the left e To prevent personal injury refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol e To prevent personal injury always remove the power cord prior to performing repair procedures unless otherwise specified Caution A This device is electrostatically sensitive It may be damaged if exposed to static electricity discharges Information that raises potential electrostatic safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the left e To prevent equipment or media damage refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol e To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies e To prevent equipment or media damage always wear an appropriate personal grounding device e g a high quality wrist strap grounded to avoid potential damage e To prevent equipment or media damage always remove the Ribbon and Cards from the Printer before making any repairs unless otherwise specified e To prevent equipment or med
297. ssword Security Provides security with passwords and configurable User permission levels Telnet Provides a Telnet command line interpreter for Printer configuration SNMP Provides an SNMP agent that supports MIB II Upgrades Provides support for Firmware upgrades over the network Troubleshooting Provides a Ping client for network troubleshooting HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 3 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Network Services Overview The Ethernet option provides the services described in this section Note Other additional services include a Ping client address assignment and Printer discovery functions Reviewing the Print Server The Print Server provides printing services in the same manner as a Printer connected directly to a USB interface except that the Printer is connected through the local area network to the client PC The Print Server must be properly configured in order to provide this printing capability e The Print Server is capable of queuing up to eight 8 client PCs while printing Communications between each PC and the Ethernet enabled Fargo Printer are implemented over a bi directional TCP IP interface e Allclients are able to send print jobs to the Printer and monitor Printer jobs and errors with the standard Windows printing system using the Fargo Printer Driver installed on their local PC In this way the User knows
298. stored settings in the memory of the Printer Note These settings will not be lost if the power is removed from the Printer 5 Select the Clear Changes button to delete these changes from this page E Fargo HDPii S N A7160166 Print Path Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer DER Fie Edit view Favorites Tools Help 7 Q tack x x E A pO search 5 Favorites EA A El X i Address 2 http 10 244 69 101 printpathConf html v gj co Links i e Google G v Goo ER YY Bookmarksy Git blocked gt gt Settinasw Home Network Status System Log Administration Help Print Path Settings CPS Data TCP Port Cwrent Settings CPS Command TCP Port RawsSocket TCP Port CPS Data TCP Port oO Stored Settings RawSocket TCP Port Clear Changes ote Changes only take effect after reboot Internet HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 55 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Help page The Help page displays the Help information Step Procedure 1 Open this web page at the appropriate location by clicking on the Help book icon at the top of each page See previous page 2 Review the web interface for the Ethernet enabled Printer Additional Procedures Accessing the Ethernet Status LEDs The Ethernet Status LEDs can be found on the back of Printers Reviewing the LED Table
299. t WordPad File Edit view Insert Format Help Dee 466 amp nMn v 10 Western ic sc brnip For Help press F1 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Inhibit Panel via Application continued Step Procedure 6 Create the rest of the card using the application Ei Document WordPad File Edit View Insert Format Help Cee 464 amp Bx v 10 v Western Part of HID Global MED For Help press F1 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 11 10 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Inhibit Panel via Application Step Procedure 7 Print the card from within the application In this case use File gt Print General Select Printer c HDPii Card Printer Copy 1 3 PDFCreator F YHDPii Card Printer E prtEngrHPSK on fargofs01 a Microsoft XPS Document Writer lt l EJ Status Ready C Print to file Location Comment Find Printer Page Range All Number of copies 1 F electior Current Page O Pages 1 65535 Collate TED Enter either a single page number or a single GH page range For example 5 12 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 11 11 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Test Print The printer has a test pri
300. t Composite PVC is recommended over straight PVC for the best results and for ISO card specification compliance Single side straight PVC does not conform to ISO compliance at this time The Printer will print onto any card with a clean level and polished PVC surface Card Suitable cards must have a polished PVC surface free of fingerprints dust Surface or any other types of embedded contaminants e In addition cards must have a completely smooth level surface in order for the Printer to achieve consistent color Coverage e Some types of Proximity cards for example have an uneven surface which will inhibit consistent color transfer Likewise some smart card chips are raised slightly above the cards surface which also results in poor color transfer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 21 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components Blank Cards continued Type Description UltraCard Due to the importance of using high quality blank cards a factory approved stock card stock called UltraCard is available and recommended for best results e Two types of these cards are available UltraCard and UltraCard Ill e UltraCard stock has a PVC core and offers medium card durability e Recommended UltraCard Ill stock has a 40 polyester core and offers high durability Both types of UltraCards produce printed images with a glossy photo quality finish
301. t to select If no word appears above a particular button this indicates it has no function in that particular mode of operation LCD Display The Printer s LCD Display will change according to the Printer s current mode of operation Ready Once the Printer has finished its system check and with the Printer Printer Open closed the Printer will display Printer Ready to indicate that the Printer Screens is ready for operation Note The Printer will stay in this mode until it receives a print job or it is turned OFF e If the Printer is opened the Cover is Open screen will appear Press either the Forward or Back buttons to move the Printer s card path Rollers in the indicated direction Note This is helpful when cleaning the Printer or if clearing jammed media HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 18 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components LCD and Softkey Control Pad continued Component Description Print Status During operation the LCD will indicate the current Print Status by Screen showing you the area of the Printer that is active It does this by displaying the following messages e FEEDING Indicates that cards are being fed into the Printer e FLIPPING Indicates that the card is being transported to the Output Module e ENCODING Indicates the encode station is encoding a card appears only if you are using a Printer with an optional
302. t P1 from the LCD Board 4 Unclip the LCD Board Assembly A000440 from the Front Panel Assembly See display A 5 Replace the LCD Board Assembly A000440 6 Reverse the instructions to re assemble HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 14 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Main Board Assembly A000475 03 Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 20 minutes Preparation Remove Covers See procedure above Mainboard is located on the Baseplate See Remove Printer from base procedure Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer Do not allow any part of the metal Printer body to touch the Main Board 2 The Main Board Assembly A000475 03 is located underneath the Printer assemble Note The Main Board contains the power connection port and the accessory connection port Output Module Remove all Covers Remove the Printer from the base See Removing Printer from base procedure 3 Remove Ethernet Board if applicable 4 Remove the eight 8 screws that attach the Main Board Assembly A000475 03 to the Baseplate 5 Reverse the instructions to re assemble HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual
303. t appear Up to 5 areas can be defined b Delete an area by selecting the area and clicking on the Delete button Note If all areas are deleted the K Panel Resin options will automatically be deselected Select the Print YMC Under K option to print all black in the designated Defined Undefined areas with the Yellow Y Magenta M and Cyan C Ribbon Panels directly beneath the resin black K Panel Note Select this option if printing resin black text or barcodes onto a colored background to provide a more gradual transition between the two OR Select the Print K Only option to print all black in the designated Defined Undefined areas only with the resin black K Panel or to print resin black onto a white background to maximize the sharpness of printed text and barcodes HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 90 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Print YMC under the K and Print K Only options amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences i K Panel Resin Card Device Opy Magnetic Encoding Image Transfer Supplies f Defined Area Add Direction Card Travels through Frinter Delete Print All Black with K Panel Full Card V Defined Areals Undefined Areals Print YMC under K Print K Only HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 91 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc U
304. ter instance determines on which workstation the print job is rendered Where the inhibit bitmap file needs to be placed depends upon what workstation the job is rendered Inhibit Bitmap Local Printer Instances Functions If the printer instance is local to the workstation where the print job is created e g the printer instance is not shared from another workstation on a local area network rendering of the print job occurs on the given local workstation Thus the file specified within the i command in a print job being printed on a local printer instance must reside on the local workstation Inhibit Bitmap Network Shared Printer Instances Functions If the printer is a shared instance e g shared from another workstation attached to a local area network the print job is rendered on the server workstation from which it is shared under Microsoft Windows 2000 XP and 2003 e Thus the file location specified within the command is relative to the server workstation on Windows 2000 XP and 2003 for example it must exist in that location on the server workstation e Under Microsoft Windows Vista the rendering of the print job may be performed a on either the client that is printing to that instance or b on the server workstation which is sharing that instance depending upon the setting chosen within the printer instance e Thus the file location specified within the command depends upon your settings within that instance
305. th every print job when Printer reports low Ribbon to the Driver e Do not show this message again The check box allows the user to suppress message per Driver instance Default unchecked Display Film Low dialog The film in your printer is low To order additional film please refer ta the reordering information on the film label or on the Supplies tab O Do not show this message again Selecting the Set Language for Printer LCD Display Group Box The LCD Language can be chosen or changed from the Driver during installation from the Driver Toolbox Configuration tab or directly from the LCD The last language chosen from any of these methods is the active language for the LCD e English is the default e Languages available in drop down list are the languages available in the language set currently resident in the Firmware HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 9 20 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Calibrate Film tab The two buttons for the Calibrate Film tab are described below e Calibrate button Sends calibrate film command to Printer Follow the instruction on the page for setting up the Printer e Help button Launches help specific to this tab Step Procedure Select the Calibrate Film tab Ensure that the Film Cartridge is installed Ensure the Printers Cover is closed Click on the Calibrate button Note The Printers LCD will displa
306. th the Ethernet option installation See the Ethernet Setup and Printer Driver Installation procedure Verifying the Printer IP address Step Procedure 1 Check the LCD for a valid IP address 0 0 0 0 is not valid e Ifthe IP address is valid go to step 4 e If the IP address is not valid go to step 2 2 If your network is using DHCP then verify that the Printer has not been configured to use a static address unless you have a known unused static IP address assigned to this Printer 3 If you are using a static IP address verify that there is no other device using the same address by removing your Fargo Printer and ping to the desired address If any device responds then you must find a different available IP address 4 If the Printer reports an IP address verify that it matches subnet of the network where it is connected If your Printer has DHPC disabled then the static IP address may have been previously set for a different subnet HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 64 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Verifying that your PC can access the Printer using the ping command Step Procedure 1 Follow these instructions to issue a ping command to the Printer At a DOS prompt enter ping IP Address Example C gt ping 210 1 10 240 e Ifthe ping response is successful move on to the next troubleshooting procedure See Display A belo
307. the Reviewing the Home Page display Address http 10 244 69 101 reboot html yB iins amp Google G v Goo Ef YY Bookmarksy 1 blocked gt gt Settinasw Home Network Print Path Status System Log Aamainistration Jet System Passwords Reboot Q i NOTE The following actions will immediately shut down all services and reboot the Fargo HDPi Reboot system Upgrade Reboot to Bootloader HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 47 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Upgrading the Main Firmware The Upgrade page allows the User to upload new Firmware to the Printer For the Printer encoder this Upgrade page provides for upgrading the main Printer Firmware which includes the Print Server Firmware It is only available to the after the Printer has been rebooted into the upgrade mode Step Procedure 1 Select the Administration link 2 Go to Step 7 if the Upgrade link is shown 3 Select the Reboot link if the Upgrade link is not shown Address http 10 244 69 101 reboot html i Eco links gt amp Google G v Goo ER YY Bookmarksy Gi blocked gt gt Settings Home Network Print Path Status System Log Administration fete System Passwords Reboot NOTE The following actions will immediately shut down all services and reboot the Fargo HDPu Reboot system
308. the Printer Driver continued Step Procedure 7 Applies to USB Printer installation Connect the USB cable to both the PC and the Printer Plug and Play Step 1 Connect the USB print cable to both the PC and Printer Step 2 Turn ON the Printer at this time if itis not already ON HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3 28 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Installing the Printer Driver continued Step Procedure 8 Applies to USB Printer installation a Select the Printer Port Note You have the option of selecting the port only IF you click the BACK button from the previous screen shot otherwise this is automatic b Wait while the Driver components are being copied to your PC Plug and Play Please Wait While the driver components are being copied to your HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 3 29 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Installing the Printer Driver continued Step Procedure 9 Click the Finish button 10 Reboot your computer 11 You have completed this procedure 2 7 a re all HDPii Card Printer InstallAware Wizard x HDPii Card Printer Setup Complete e ooo asscacsosenseonevssessssesonseanessosensenvenssansenssetesnesssceed HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual
309. the panels of color in the order in which they are printed Yellow Y Magenta M Cyan C Black K and Overlay O YMCKOK The designation of colored Ribbon by the panels of color in the order in which they are printed Yellow Y Magenta M Cyan C Black K Overlay O Black K used for backside black only printing HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 17 108 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Glossary of Terms continued Fargo Electronics Inc Term Definition YMCKI The designation of colored Ribbon by the panels of color in the order in which they are printed Yellow Y Magenta M Cyan C Black K and Inhibit 1 Section 18 Index High Definition Printing 17 97 Thin Film Overlaminate 17 107 2 7 89 8mm 7 54 100 Pixels 7 54 180 degrees rotation 7 36 24 bit color 17 89 About button 7 21 absolute failure 7 7 AC Alternating Current 17 89 accelerated wear dye migration 7 5 Accepted Card Compositions 7 3 7 13 Accepted Card Thickness 2 7 Accepted Card Types or Compositions 2 7 Accessory Board A000451 16 86 16 87 16 88 Add button K Panel 7 83 adhesion 7 7 Adhesion 17 89 adhesives 7 2 Adjust Image Position controls 7 53 Agency Listings 2 5 Algebraic 17 89 ANSI American National Standards Institute 17 89 Appropriate Printer Driver Settings 7 3 ASCII American Standard Code for I
310. tion Remove all Covers Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 2 Detach the Sensor wire from the Print Stepper Motor D910050 3 Remove the three 3 screws that hold the Motor D910050 to the Frame See Display A within this procedure 4 Roll the Motor D910050 in a downward angle CCW to release the Print Stepper Motor Belt F000093 from the Pulley 5 Check the Belts and Pulley for excessive wear Replace the Belt F000093 or the Pulley D840888 6 If replacing the Gear remove the clip that attaches the Gear to the Shaft Replace it with the new Gear D840888 Replace the clip on the Shaft HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 53 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Print Stepper Motor D910050 and or the Print Stepper Motor Belts F000093 2 used and or the Print Motor Stepper Pulley D840888 Step Procedure 7 Replace the two 2 Print Stepper Motor Belts FO00093 2 as needed Note One of the Belts goes around the Print Platen Roller Gear D910109 See Display B Attach Belt to pulley first then roll the Motor up to set into place See Display C within this procedure 8 This stepper Motor Mount provides a self adjusting feature Keep the four 4 screws loose while hol
311. tion Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer Important Card path removal makes parts removal easier Relates to other procedures 2 This procedure is used to replace the Motor D910072 and the Lift Sensor D910216 Remove the three 3 screws that attach the lamination mechanism D910054 to the Frame See Display A on the next page Turn printer over to remove the one 1 screw at the baseplate 3 Unplug the Sensor wire and the heater wire from the Main Board Assembly A000475 03 4 Reverse the instructions to re assemble HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 57 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Mechanism D910054 Display A See Step 2 in this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 58 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Mechanism Lam Cam Motor D910072 Preparation Remove all Covers Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process Estimated Repair Time 20 minutes Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer Important Card path removal makes parts removal easier Relates to other procedures 2 This procedure is used to replace the Motor D9
312. tion Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 50 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Default button on the Image Color tab Step Procedure 1 Click on the Default button to clear changes back to default setting for Image Color tab only and NOT for the Advanced Image Color dialog box See below amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding E Supplies Card Device Options ff Image Color Image Transfer Image Quality Color Matching System Color Management v Resin Dither Optimized for Graphics x Heat Dye Sub Intensity MMC t Resin Heat Front K t Resin Heat Back K t HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 51 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Image Transfer tab Use this tab to adjust the Image Position Transfer Dwell Time and Transfer Temperature Note The Printing Preferences window has the same Image Color tab functionality as the Printing Preferences window amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin mas Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Image Position Vertical 0 Ef Horizontal Ra e Direction Card Travels through Printer Transfer Dwell Time 2 0 seconds per inch Transfer Temperature 175 0 Celsius HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 5
313. to actually print a card and look at it in the same orientation as when it exits the Printer 2 Measure the total area and enter those dimensions into the dimension boxes Note The minimum size an area can be is 2 x 2 5mm x 5mm identification Card Karen Atkins Access Level 2 ID 1234478 T a T i Li HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 88 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Measuring the Area to be positioned on the Card Step Procedure 1 Once the area is sized properly measure the location where this area is to be positioned on the card a Measure from the lower left corner of the card up and over to the lower left corner of where the defined area is to begin b Enter these values into the X and Y boxes as shown below c Note that the card grid lines are spaced at 2 5mm intervals Karen Atkins Access Level 2 ID 1234478 ee ee ee ee eo EE es ea ee nm HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 89 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Print YMC under the K and Print K Only options Step Procedure 1 Use the Defined Area function a Define another area by clicking on the Defined Area Note Another 2 x 2 5mm x 5mm area will appear in the lower left hand corner This is the location in which all newly defined areas will firs
314. to print a two page document if Print Back Side Only is selected the first page of the document will print on the backside of the card e The second page of the document will then be printed on the back of a second card Dual Sided Print Both Sides Options Rotate Back 180 Degrees Disable Printing HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 34 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Device Options Group The functions under the Options Group are described in this section amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encodin K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Supplies Automatically detect the installed Ribbon and Film for every print job Ribbon Type MUCK Full Color Resin Black v Film Type Clear z Dual Sided Print Both Sides Split 1 Set of Ribbon Panels Print Back Image on Front of Card Print Back Side Only Options Rotate Front 180 Degrees Rotate Back 180 Degrees l Disable Printing HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 35 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Rotate Front 180 Degrees or Rotate Back 180 Degrees options Use this option to change the position of the printed image in relation to the set location of a card s Magnetic Stripe or smart chip Step Procedure 1 Select the Rotate Front 180
315. ton Reset the Printer and try again If this problem persists call for technical assistance Reset the Printer and try again If this problem persists call for technical assistance HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting with the LCD Error Message Table continued LCD Error Message Reinsert Ribbon PC Error Message No 141 Remove Card PC Error Message No 68 Remove Ribbon PC Error Message No 139 Ribbon Break Jam PC Error Message No 99 108 and 109 Ribbon Low PC Error Message No 92 The Ribbon must be reinserted for proper functioning of the Printer A card is jammed in the Print Station or card flipping area of the Printer The print Ribbon is not installed properly or has been damaged The Ribbon is not able to find the next panel correctly Check for jams breaks The print Ribbon will soon run out Reinsert the Ribbon or press Resume Clear the jam and press Cancel Verify the correct Ribbon is installed in the Ribbon Cartridge Remove it and replace it with the correct Ribbon If jammed clear the jam If broken repair by taping the Ribbon back on to the take up core Press Resume to continue or Cancel to abort If printing a large number of cards replace the Ribbon now or monitor the Printer until the Ribbon is gone and install a new Ribbon HD
316. top 20 The Stepper and Film Drive will turn off after a given number of steps based on the position given by the card Sensor All stop Note The Film Encoder is active during this step 21 The Headlift Motor turns ON to lower the Transfer Roller stopping when the Headlift Sensor is activated 22 The Film Drive and Stepper turn ON for a given number of clicks based on Film Encoder until the film is released 23 The Stepper turns ON to move the card into the Output Module to flip the card to the opposite side After flipping the card is transported back to the Card Feed Position Sensor to repeat Steps 9 to 14 Upon completion of all print cycles the card is transported to the Output Hopper based on steps from the Output Card Position Sensor All stop 24 The Heater is maintained at a set temperature by the RTD when the Printer is ON The cooling fan is ON when the Printhead is ON or hot HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Section 2 Specifications The purpose of this section is to provide the User with specific information on the Regulatory Compliances Agency Listings Technical Specifications and Functional Specifications for the Printers Safety Messages review carefully Symbol Critical Instructions for Safety purposes Danger A Failure to follow these installation guidelines ca
317. ture 7 2 LPT Port Line Printer Port 17 99 Mag encoding 17 99 Mag stripe 17 99 Mag Track 17 99 Mag Verify 17 99 Magnetic Cover D910138 01 16 11 Magnetic Encoding tab 7 60 Magnetic Head Board Assembly A000445 16 13 Magnetic Stripe Encoding Modules 7 60 Magnetic Stripe encoding process 7 60 Magnetic Track data 7 77 Magnetic Track Options 7 67 Magnetic Track Selection 7 65 Main Board Assembly A000429 16 15 matte finished cards 7 2 Maximum Accepted Card Length Range 2 11 Maximum Accepted Card Width Range 2 11 maximum value 7 54 MB Megabyte 17 100 Measuring area positioned on card 7 89 Media 17 99 Medium Coercivity 7 65 Memory 17 100 Menu 17 100 Monochrome 17 100 more heat 7 42 Network 17 100 New Temperature Setting 2 24 No MiFare Encoder 5 14 No Prox Encoder 5 14 Oersted Oe 17 100 Offset 17 100 Operating Temperature 2 12 O Ring 17 100 OS Operating System 17 100 Output 17 100 Output hopper 17 100 Output Hopper Card Capacity 2 12 Output Module Field upgrade 3 5 Output Roller Assembly D900236 16 79 16 80 Output Side Cover D910134 01 16 8 Output Side Cover D910134 01 Input Side Covers D910187 01 16 71 Output Side Upgrade Cover D910139 01 16 7 Overlaminate 17 101 Overlay 17 100 Oversized Cards 17 101 Packing the Printer 12 1 Parallel 17 101 Parallel Interface Port 2 17 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encode
318. tus Idle Indicates that no print job is active Printing Indicates that the job is being sent to the Printer printing Indicates that the communication is being slowed by print waiting operations printing Indicates that the communication has been stopped by some blocked condition canceled Indicates that the current job was canceled and is being rerouted device online Indicates it is ready to print offline Indicates that the Cover is open or the Printer is not ready to print Printer Indicates that an error is detected error Busy Indicates that printing is in progress Print This is a display of the current print jobs that have been sent to Jobs the Printer Note The current job that is being received by the interface is displayed as the active job Cancel a specific print job by selecting the appropriate Cancel button which appears when a print job is queued HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 27 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Printer page continued See the previous page for descriptions of the fields E Fargo HDPii S N A7160166 Printer Status Microsoft Internet Explorer DBR File Edit view Favorites Tools Help A gt Q sek amp x a A p gt Search Pe Favorites 4 B i Address http 10 244 69 101 printerStatus html v Eco ins amp Google G va og E YF Bookmarkse 1 blocked 2
319. type and whether printing single or dual sided e Card Type Selection Before printing if using these standard Fargo card types check to make sure that the appropriate card type option selected from the Card tab of the Printer Driver e Proper Settings It is very important to note that not all card types will be accommodated by these default settings In some cases experimentation may be needed to find the proper settings HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 3 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Appropriate Printer Driver settings For the cases where custom settings are required the Printer Driver s Card Type option also includes Custom 1 and Custom 2 options e Settings These settings allow designating a unique Card Type name which then saves custom Image Transfer settings e Custom 1 For example Custom 1 could be changed to read as My Cards Custom transfer settings would then be available whenever this Card Type option is selected and would be saved each time the Printer Driver setup window is closed e Custom Card stock To determine the proper settings for custom card stock Fargo recommends the Tape adhesion Test HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 7 4 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Conducting the Tape Adhesion Test It is important to conduct tape adhesion tests because Fargo cannot be certain which transfer temper
320. u change the setting you will be prompted to reboot the Printer Changing the ANEG setting The ANEG status indicates the current setting of the network configuration of the Ethernet interface e This value can be set explicitly by the User to force the Ethernet interface configuration in cases where auto negotiation fails e Failure of the automatic network configuration can cause slow data transmission longer print times or network connection problems Follow the procedure provided below Step Procedure 1 See the Accessing the Network Setup Menu procedure to access the Network Settings menu Options gt Menu gt Next gt Network Settings Select Next on the LCD to view the ANEG menu entry Press the Change button to change the auto negotiation setting for the Printer which will rotate between the following e ANEG AUTO Allows the auto negotiation between the Printer and the host Ethernet interface e ANEG Full Dup Forces the full duplex communications between the Printer and the host Ethernet interface e ANEG Half Dup Forces the half duplex communications between the Printer and the host Ethernet interface If you change the setting you will be prompted to reboot the Printer HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 60 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Saving addresses Step Procedure 1 See the Accessing the Net
321. ue fixed hardware address MAC of the Printer which is the unique Ethernet device identifier Set by User Label Indicates the label that the User assigns to the May be Printer This label is reported to the DHCP configured via server as the Host Name that may be used by Telnet or from the DNS server to resolve the IP address of the the Printer Sn ae If left blank the Printer will use a unique label page based on the MAC address of the Printer Location Indicates the location string that the User assigns to the Printer Contact Indicates the contact person string that the User assigns to the Printer Set by Printer Firmware Displays the current Firmware version Firmware Version Boot Loader Firmware Version Printer only Displays the current boot loader Firmware version Configuring the Network Settings The procedures needed to configure the network settings are presented in this section HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Accessing the Network Settings page The Network page displays the current network settings and allows the User to change the settings Step Procedure 1 Select the Network link from any web page of the Printer Fargo HDPii S N A7160166 Network Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ae Q ix x a A J gt search Pe Favorites amp B iTA ay
322. uently asked Questions continued Question Answer How do configure my Printer s IP settings e By default the Printer is configured for dynamic IP address assignment That is it will try to get its IP address and other settings from your network If it is given valid network settings it will use them OR e You can choose to configure the Printer using a static IP address and network settings Note This can be entered using the Network web page of the Printer or the Fargo IP Tracer program How do I choose a static IP address for my Ethernet Printer You can use the web pages if you know the current IP address See the Accessing the Home Page procedure OR You can use Fargo IP Tracer which allows you to find Fargo compatible Printers and specify their addresses The also allows you to save the current network settings as static settings via the LCD menu Options Menu Network Settings Save Addresses Note You can save static addresses However they are not used until you reconfigure the Printer to use those static addresses and reboot the Printer How do set the Printer to work with a static IP address You can use the web pages if you know the current IP address e Select the Use the following IP address button on the Network web page OR e Use Fargo IP Tracer which allows you to find Fargo compatible Printers and specify their addresses The also allows you to us
323. ut from the back side 4 Detach the wire connections Note Leave the other wires attached to the assemblies in this upper section JP1 cable stays on the card path assembly 5 Reverse the instructions to re assemble HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 22 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Path Assembly D910006 Display A See Step 2 in this procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 23 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Rollers Upper Roller D910064 and Lower Roller D910107 Tools needed Torx screwdriver small flathead screwdriver using the SNAP and CLIP process EE Estimated Repair Time 10 minutes Preparation Remove all Covers p910064 Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel D910107 Step Procedure 1 A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 2 Remove the Card Path Sensor 3 Remove the Roller D910107 by snapping it out from the Frame Turn card path over to access this Roller See Display A in this section 4 Replace the Roller 0910107 and reassemble if not changing the D910064 Roller 5 Remove the Roller 0910107 to access the Roller D910064 Remove the Main Gear D910110 next to the Roller to clear access for removal See Display B
324. ut wrench Estimated Repair Time 15 minutes Preparation Remove the Covers Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel Procedure This part is used in conjunction with the tubular lock for the internal unlocking mechanism via software command rather than key A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer Oe emee Reverse the instructions to re assemble HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 87 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Sensor Bundle D910219 Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver Estimated Repair Time 15 minutes Preparation Remove the Covers Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer Remove all the Covers from the Output Module Find cable or sensor to replace using J connection location D910219 J4 bundle used for Hopper full Hopper present Cover Solenoid sensors These disconnect from the sensor and do not contain the actual sensors D910249 Output Module Sensor Cable Cable contains 3 sensors on one wire for J 3 connection Table Home Flipper Home and Card Present sensors D900251 Motor Cable Cable only connects to J9 one wire for both flipper motor and drive motor D910217 Hopper Present Sensor with Cable D910231 Cover Sensor Cable J10 connection contains w
325. v 1 0 16 68 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the HDPIl Printer Main Board connections D910201 JP5 D910200 JP1 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 69 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc HDPii Output Module Cover Removal Procedures Use this procedure for the replacements of all parts All Covers must be removed to access the parts within the module The HDPii Printer now uses fewer screws to attach parts such as the Covers and Sensors Many of the parts use a SNAP and CLIP process Be careful not to force any of the snapping parts as they could break with too much pressure Each procedure will notify you of the SNAP and CLIP process used Most of the Sensors and the Rollers simply SNAP IN and OUT for attachment Remove covers in the order shown D910242 01 D910327 01 D910238 01 0910187 01 D910131 01 HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 16 70 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Output Side Cover D910242 01 and Input Side Covers D910187 01 and Top Cover D910327 01 Tools needed 10 Torx screwdriver Snap also Clip Estimated Repair Time 2 minutes Important This procedure can only be performed by authorized service personnel 0910242 04 WF 0910327 01 0910187 01 Step Procedure AN Caution Turn O
326. w e If the ping response is not successful continue to step 2 of this procedure See Display B below Display A Example of sending a ping to the Printer with a successful response BEE C gt ping 16 1 216 246 Pinging 16 1 216 246 with 32 bytes of data 16 1 216 246 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 30 10 1 210 240 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 3 16 1 218 246 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 30 Reply from 16 1 216 246 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 30 Ping statistics for 1 1 216 246 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost z loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum ms Maximum ms Average Gms G gt Display B Example of ping timeout to an invalid IP address BEE C gt ping 14 1 216 241 Pinging 16 1 216 241 with 32 bytes of data Request timed out Request timed out Request timed out Request timed out Ping statistics for 16 1 210 241 Packets Sent 4 Received Lost 4 188 loss CiN HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 65 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Verifying that your PC can access the Printer using the ping command continued Step Procedure 2 Verify that the PC and the Printer are connected to the same network 3 You may be on different subnets of your network and some of the network settings for the Printer are not correct See your network administrator about this Note The subnet mas
327. when calling Fargo Technical Support HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 14 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Reading the Serial Numbers on a Fargo Printer The purpose of this section is to provide updated instructions for reading serial numbers on a Fargo Printer Finding out when a Card Printer was manufactured You can determine when your card Printer was manufactured by reading directly from the serial number affixed to your card Printer 1 Year Built The first two digits in the serial number indicate the year that the Printer was manufactured 2 Week Built The second two digits indicate the week Numeric Order The last four digits indicate the sequence number for the numeric order in which the Printer s were built Reviewing Example No 1 Serial Number A9007001 1 A9007001 The first two digits in the serial number indicate the year the Printer was built e g the letter and digit A1 indicate the year 2009 2 A9007001 The third and fourth digits in the serial number indicate the week the Printer was built e g the digits 07 indicate week 7 of that year 3 A9007001 The last four digits indicate the sequence number for the numeric order in which the Printer s were built HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 14 2 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Section 15 Reviewing Spare Parts Lists Reviewing Spare
328. whether or not a print job has been successful Also the User knows what problems have been encountered while processing the print job Printing using Ethernet works in a manner similar to the USB connected PC Printer Reviewing the Web Page Server An HTTP service serves web pages that provide an interface through which to configure and monitor the Printer Note Users may also monitor all print jobs that have been sent to the Printer from any client PC Reviewing the Network Management Interface The Ethernet enabled Printer operates as an SNMP agent to allow central administrators to monitor and configure the network interface and the Printer Note A standard host MIB II is implemented to maximize the utility of the Printer on the network Reviewing the Telnet Server The Ethernet interface has a command line interpreter Note The User can connect to the Printer using a Telnet session on their PC issue commands to the Printer and receive response from the Printer The Telnet commands are primarily used for network administration and they will not be used by most Users Note These commands will query the state of the Printer and configure various settings for the Printer These include network settings logging setting User names and User passwords HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 4 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Network Management Interface The SNMP interface is descr
329. which the Printer is connected These required settings are the following e IP Address e Subnet Mask 4 Enter the optional network settings for Ethernet communications across a router from other subnets as follows e Default Gateway 5 Enter the optional network settings for DNS These are the following e DNS Server Address e DNS Domain Suffix 6 Select the Submit button to save these changes to stored settings in the memory of the Printer Note These settings will not be lost if the power is removed from the Printer Continued on the next page HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 21 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Changing to the static IP address mode continued Step Procedure 7 Login as a root User if you are so prompted Note Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in 8 Reboot the Printer to effect this change See the Reviewing Web page security procedure E Fargo HDPii S N A7160166 Network Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit view Favorites Tools Help Back QJ x E A p Search Pe Favorites 4 Na Address amp http 10 244 69 101 tcpipConf html xi Go Links Google G v aog ER Y Bookmarks 1 blocked gt gt Q Settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address IP Address 10 1 129 75 Stored Settings Subnet Mask
330. wing the Ribbon Low message 9 19 Using the Film Low message 9 20 Selecting the Set Language for Printer LCD Display Group Box 9 20 Selecting the Calibrate Film tab 9 21 Selecting the Calibrate Ribbon tab 9 22 Selecting the Clean Printer tab 9 23 Using the Clean Printer Group Box 9 25 Selecting the Advanced Settings tab 9 26 Reviewing the No Printer Connected error message 9 28 Reviewing the Value outside the Range error message 9 28 Section 10 Cleaning 10 29 Using the Required Supplies 10 29 Safety Messages review carefully 10 30 Accessing the Clean Printer tab 10 31 See below 10 31 Cleaning the Printer Platen Roller and Card Feed Rollers 10 32 Cleaning Procedures 10 35 Cleaning inside the Printer 10 35 Cleaning outside the Printer 10 35 Cleaning the Printhead 10 36 Replacing the Card Cleaning Roller 10 37 Cleaning the Magnetic Encoder 10 38 Section 11 Fargo Workbench Printer Utility 11 1 Using the Inhibit Panel HDPii 11 1 Using Inhibit Panel via the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility 11 1 Using Inhibit Panel from an Application 11 4 Generating TextOut Commands 11 4 Rendering Print Jobs 11 4 Using the Inhibit Panel via Application continued 11 5 Using the Test Print 11 12 Inhibit Panel Feature Operation 11 13 Using the Fargo Workbench Printer Utility For Inhibit Area Placement 11 13 Using the Application For Inhibit Area Placement 11 14 Background Information Windows Printing System 11 15 Inhibit Bitmap Local Pri
331. with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at their expense Reference Safety Messages in this document Environmental Protection China RoHS Environmental Protection Use Period is based on the product being used in an office environment HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 2 6 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Technical Specifications Fargo Electronics Inc Term Description Accepted Card Thickness e Print only 030 30 mil to 050 50 mil 762mm to 1 27mm Accepted Electronic Card types HID Proximity Cards Mifare Contactless Smart Cards and Contact Smart Cards iClass Accepted Card Types Compositions ABS PVC PET PETG Proximity Cards Contact Smart Cards Magnetic Stripe cards and Optical Memory Cards Card Cleaning Replaceable cleaning roller included with each print Ribbon Colors Up to 16 7 million colors and 256 shades per Pixel Input Card 100 cards 030in 762mm Cartridge Has refillable Card Cartridge that can either be attached to the Capacity Printer or detached for storage This allows single feed with the Card Cartridge removed or with no other cards in the Card Cartridge Output Hopper Card Capacity 100 card Output Hoppe
332. work Setup Menu procedure to access the Network Settings menu Options gt MENU gt Next gt Network Settings 2 Select Next on the LCD to view the Save Addresses menu entry 3 Press the Select button to save the current network settings IP address GW SN Mask as the stored settings which will be used when automatic address assignment using DHCP is disabled Resetting Passwords Step Procedure 1 See the Accessing the Network Setup Menu procedure to access the Network Settings menu Options gt Menu gt Next gt Network Settings 2 Select Next on the LCD to view the Reset Passwords menu entry 3 Press the Select button to reset the User passwords to the default settings of empty strings Note This can be used when the passwords are not known HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 6 61 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Accessing the IP Address Follow this procedure Press Info in Display A below to continue with the procedure Press Next several times to access Display C IP 3 Press Next one more time and the IP address LCD screen will appear See Display D as an example 4 Your IP address is identified in the final LCD screen You have completed the procedure Display A Printer Ready first step Display B second step Display C IP third step Display D IP Address fourth step HDPii High Def
333. x e HID FlexSmart Standard 14x0 e HID FlexSmart Composite 14x6 e HID FlexSmart Prox Std 14x1 e HID FlexSmart Prox Comp 14x7 e Indala FlexISO Standard FPISO e Indala FLexISO XT Composite FPIXT e Custom 1 e Custom 2 A Caution If the appropriate option is not selected the wrong Dwell Time and temperature may be used during the image transfer process which may result in poor adhesion of the Film or warping of the card HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Selecting the Card Type See the previous page amp HDPii Card Printer Printing Preferences Magnetic Encoding K Panel Resin Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Image Transfer Card Size cR 80 z inches mm Print Width 2 204 E Print Length 3 452 H Card Type Fargo UltraCard Ill Fargo UltraCard III Fargo UltraCard HID iClass 2KBL P C Indala XT T1 PET OW HID iClass 16K CHC PET HID iClass 16K CH FET HID Prox 0005K P C HID Prox OOO5D PVC HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 1 Fargo Electronics Inc 7 14 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Card Type continued Step Procedure 2 If using a card stock other than listed use the Custom 1options to save custom Dwell Time and dwell temperature controls on the Image Transfer tab a Click on the Custom options and
334. y CALIBRATE PASSED Click on the OK button on the LCD display to complete the procedure HDPii Card Printer Configuratio Calibrate Film alibrate Ribbon Clean Printer Advanced Settings Film Sensor Calibration 1 Ensure that the film cartridge is installed 2 Ensure the Printer s cover is closed 3 Click on the Calibrate button The Printer s LCD will display CALIBRATE PASSED Click on the OK button on the LCD display to complete the procedure HDPii High Definition Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 1 0 9 21 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Calibrate Ribbon tab The two buttons for the Calibrate Ribbon tab are described below e Calibrate button Sends the Calibrate Ribbon Command to Printer Follow the instructions below to set up the Printer e Help button Launches help specific to this tab Step Procedure Select the Calibrate Ribbon tab Ensure that the Ribbon Cartridge is removed Ensure the Printers Cover is closed Click on the Calibrate button Note The Printers LCD will display CALIBRATE PASSED Click on the OK button on the LCD display to complete the procedure HDPii Card Printer Configuration Calibrate Fil Calibrate Ribbon lean Printer Advanced Settings Ribbon Sensor Calibration 1 Ensure that the ribbon cartridge is removed 2 Ensure the Printer s cover is closed 3 Click on the Calibrate button The Printer s LCD will display C

HDPII - Grupo Positiva

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents